+2007-05-15 Guillem Jover <guillem@debian.org>
+
+ * po/dpkg-man.pot: Regenerated.
+ * po/*.po: Merged with dpkg-man.pot.
+
2007-05-15 Guillem Jover <guillem@debian.org>
* deb-control.5: Document comments in the control file.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-20 23:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-15 16:14+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-04-24 17:09+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Helge Kreutzmann <debian@helgefjell.de>\n"
"Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n"
msgstr "Diese Anlage sollte wirklich ein Teil von B<date>(1) sein."
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:28 cleanup-info.8:51 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:204 deb-old.5:51
+#: 822-date.1:28 cleanup-info.8:51 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:206 deb-old.5:51
#: deb-override.5:67 deb-shlibs.5:29 deb-substvars.5:130 dpkg.1:599
#: dpkg-architecture.1:268 dpkg.cfg.5:21 dpkg-deb.1:238 dpkg-divert.8:118
#: dpkg-name.1:97 dpkg-query.1:158 dpkg-scanpackages.1:95
#: dpkg-scansources.1:65 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:127 dpkg-source.1:275
#: dpkg-split.1:226 dpkg-statoverride.8:78 dselect.1:443 dselect.cfg.5:21
-#: install-info.8:277 update-alternatives.8:403
+#: install-info.8:289 update-alternatives.8:403
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "SIEHE AUCH"
msgstr "cleanup-info"
# type: TH
-#: cleanup-info.8:1 deb-substvars.5:2 dpkg-architecture.1:1
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1
-#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-split.1:2
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8
+#: cleanup-info.8:1 dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
+#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-split.1:2 dpkg-statoverride.8:1
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "2007-03-06"
msgstr "2007-03-06"
# type: TP
#: cleanup-info.8:36 dpkg-architecture.1:61 dpkg-divert.8:67
#: dpkg-scansources.1:60 dpkg-statoverride.8:44 dselect.1:121
-#: install-info.8:195 update-alternatives.8:295
+#: install-info.8:207 update-alternatives.8:295
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "B<--help>"
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:101 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:36 dpkg-query.1:62
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:84 dpkg-scansources.1:62 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:112
#: dpkg-source.1:63 dpkg-split.1:130 dpkg-statoverride.8:47 dselect.1:128
-#: install-info.8:200 update-alternatives.8:298
+#: install-info.8:212 update-alternatives.8:298
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
msgstr "deb"
# type: TH
-#: deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dselect.1:1
-#: dselect.cfg.5:1 install-info.8:5
+#: deb.5:1 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dselect.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr "2006-02-28"
msgid "deb-control"
msgstr "deb-control"
+# type: TH
+#: deb-control.5:3 install-info.8:5
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "2007-05-15"
+msgstr "2007-03-13"
+
# type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:6
msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
msgstr "control"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:23
+#: deb-control.5:24
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a "
-"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or "
-"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the "
-"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text "
-"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally "
-"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the "
-"B<Description> field, see below)."
+"number of fields, or comments when the line starts with B<'#'>. Each field "
+"begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), "
+"followed by a colon, and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only "
+"by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, "
+"but the installation tools will generally join lines when processing the "
+"body of the field (except in the case of the B<Description> field, see "
+"below)."
msgstr ""
"Jedes Debian-Paket enthält die Hauptkontrolldatei »control«, die eine Reihe "
"von Feldern enthält. Jedes Feld beginnt mit einer Markierung, wie B<Package> "
"Feldes, sehen Sie dazu unten)."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:24
+#: deb-control.5:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
msgstr "NOTWENDIGE FELDER"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:25
+#: deb-control.5:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>PaketnameE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:29
+#: deb-control.5:30
msgid ""
"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate "
"file names by most installation tools."
"Installationswerkzeugen verwendet, um Dateinamen zu generieren."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:29
+#: deb-control.5:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>Versions-ZeichenketteE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:36
+#: deb-control.5:37
msgid ""
"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for "
"seiner Versionsnummer enthalten."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:36
+#: deb-control.5:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>Vollständiger Name E-MailE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:41
+#: deb-control.5:42
msgid ""
"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
"Autor der Software, die paketiert wurde."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:41
+#: deb-control.5:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>KurzbeschreibungE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:44
+#: deb-control.5:45
msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B< >E<lt>LangbeschreibungE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:50
+#: deb-control.5:51
msgid ""
"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first "
"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used "
"Leerzeichen enthalten."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:51
+#: deb-control.5:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
msgstr "OPTIONALE FELDER"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:52
+#: deb-control.5:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>BereichE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:57
+#: deb-control.5:58
msgid ""
"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', "
"»net«, »mail«, »text«, »x11« usw."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:57
+#: deb-control.5:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>PrioritätE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:61
+#: deb-control.5:62
msgid ""
"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. "
"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc."
"Prioritäten sind »required«, »standard«, »optional«, »extra« usw."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:71
+#: deb-control.5:72
msgid ""
"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of "
"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the "
"Pakets erhalten werden."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:71
+#: deb-control.5:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:78
+#: deb-control.5:79
msgid ""
"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a "
"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any "
"Verwendung einer der »force«-Optionen)."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:78
+#: deb-control.5:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:87
msgid ""
"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled "
"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' "
"Perl-Skripte und Dokumentation."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>Quell-NameE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:90
+#: deb-control.5:91
msgid ""
"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if "
"different than the name of the package itself."
"vom Namen dieses Paketes unterscheidet."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:90
+#: deb-control.5:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>PaketlisteE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:100
+#: deb-control.5:101
msgid ""
"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial "
"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
"abhängen ausführen, und die prerm-Skripte vorher."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:100
+#: deb-control.5:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>PaketlisteE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:107
+#: deb-control.5:108
msgid ""
"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one "
"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package "
"Skriptes benötigt."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:107
+#: deb-control.5:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>PaketlisteE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:114
+#: deb-control.5:115
msgid ""
"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual "
"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
"installiert."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:114
+#: deb-control.5:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>PaketlisteE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:119
+#: deb-control.5:120
msgid ""
"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its "
"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly "
"perfekt sinnvoll ist."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:131
+#: deb-control.5:132
msgid ""
"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
"Versionsnummer-Spezifikation in Klammern."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:137
+#: deb-control.5:138
msgid ""
"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
"als oder identisch zu und »=« für identisch zu."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:137
+#: deb-control.5:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>PaketlisteE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:145
+#: deb-control.5:146
msgid ""
"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files "
"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow "
"B<Conflicts>-Zeile enthalten, die das andere Paket erwähnen."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:145
+#: deb-control.5:146
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>PaketlisteE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:153
+#: deb-control.5:154
msgid ""
"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for "
"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is "
"im Konflikt-stehende Paket hat."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:153
+#: deb-control.5:154
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>PaketlisteE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:163
+#: deb-control.5:164
msgid ""
"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is "
"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For "
"verwenden müssen."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:178
+#: deb-control.5:179
msgid ""
"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package "
"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> "
"B<Replaces>-Felder angegeben werden."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:179
+#: deb-control.5:180
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr "BEISPIEL"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:201
-#, no-wrap
+#: deb-control.5:203
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
+"# Comment\n"
"Package: grep\n"
"Essential: yes\n"
"Priority: required\n"
" langsamer laufen.)\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:207
+#: deb-control.5:209
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgid "deb-substvars"
msgstr "deb-substvars"
+# type: TH
+#: deb-substvars.5:2
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "2007-05-12"
+msgstr "2007-01-24"
+
# type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:6
msgid "deb-substvars - Debian source substitution variables"
"geschrieben."
# type: SH
-#: deb-substvars.5:140 dpkg-name.1:105 install-info.8:281
+#: deb-substvars.5:140 dpkg-name.1:105 install-info.8:293
#, no-wrap
msgid "COPYRIGHT"
msgstr "COPYRIGHT"
"alle Pakete außer I<E<lt>PaketE<gt>> umgeleitet."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:57 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 install-info.8:190
+#: dpkg-divert.8:57 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 install-info.8:202
#: update-alternatives.8:316
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--quiet>"
"Arbeitsvorgang abbrechen, falls die Zieldatei bereits existiert."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:64 install-info.8:269 update-alternatives.8:320
+#: dpkg-divert.8:64 install-info.8:281 update-alternatives.8:320
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr "B<--test>"
"des Bereichs."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:58 install-info.8:272
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:58 install-info.8:284
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--debug>"
msgstr "B<--debug>"
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:8
-msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info directory"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info dir file"
msgstr "install-info - Erzeuge oder aktualisiere Einträge im Info-Verzeichnis"
# type: Plain text
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:32
msgid ""
-"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the "
-"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is "
-"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a "
-"description from the contents of the file."
+"B<install-info> creates, updates or removes entries in the Info B<dir> file. "
+"When updating or creating entries, if no description is specified on the "
+"command line or in the Info file, it attempts to guess a description from "
+"the contents of the file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:66
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with "
-"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, "
-"the latter is used instead."
+"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> , it is taken to refer to a file compressed "
+"with GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> "
+"does, the latter is used instead."
msgstr ""
"Falls I<Dateiname> auf B<.gz> endet, wird es als Verweis auf eine mit GNU "
"gzip komprimierte Datei genommen; falls sie nicht existiert, aber eine "
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:71
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified "
+"When adding or updating entries, the file must exist at the path specified "
"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)."
msgstr ""
"Beim Hinzufügen oder Aktualisieren von Einträgen muss die Datei an dem "
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:86
msgid ""
-"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and "
+"If the removal results in a section becoming empty, the section heading (and "
"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last "
"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> "
"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file."
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:91
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the "
+"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file, only those in the "
"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently "
"ignored."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:135
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a "
+"Specifies that if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a "
"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such "
-"section exists one will be created as the second last section in the file "
-"(see below), with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> menu "
-"delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title."
+"section exists, one will be created as the second to last section in the "
+"file (see below) with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> "
+"menu delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title."
msgstr ""
"Gibt an, dass, falls ein neuer Eintrag erfolgen soll, dieser in einem "
"Abschnitt der Datei B<dir> platziert werden soll, dessen Titel auf I<Regexp> "
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:142
msgid ""
-"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it "
-"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the "
-"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be "
-"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed."
+"If a new entry is to be created, B<install-info> will attempt to insert it "
+"within the section in alphabetic order. If the entries in the section aren't "
+"already sorted, the new location within the section will be unpredictable. "
+"The order of existing entries will not be changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: install-info.8:149
+msgid ""
+"If the B<--section> option is not specified, B<install-info> will look for a "
+"title in the Info file itself by looking for an entry of the form"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: install-info.8:152
+msgid "B<INFO-DIR-SECTION>I< title>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:148
+#: install-info.8:160
msgid ""
-"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last "
-"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to "
-"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section "
-"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well "
-"specified location are appended to it."
+"If no section title is found, the default is to append new entries to the "
+"end of the file. The last section (even if it only consists of the title "
+"line) should always exist to ensure that new sections are created in the "
+"right place. The final section should be titled to reflect the fact that "
+"Info files with no better specified location are appended to it."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:151
+#: install-info.8:163
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is "
+"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed, it is "
"replaced in situ with the new entry."
msgstr ""
"Falls es bereits einen Eintrag für die zu installierende Infodatei gibt, "
"wird dieser in situ durch den neuen Eintrag ersetzt."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:154
+#: install-info.8:166
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and "
+"If a section is specified when removing an entry, the section is ignored and "
"a warning is issued."
msgstr ""
"Falls beim Entfernen eines Eintrags ein Abschnitt angegeben wird, wird der "
"Abschnitt ignoriert und eine Warnung ausgegeben."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:160
+#: install-info.8:172
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no "
-"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested "
+"If a section is requested when adding an entry, but the file contains no "
+"section headings at all, then B<install-info> will create both the requested "
"section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file."
msgstr ""
"Falls beim Hinzufügen eines Eintrags ein Abschnitt angefordert wird, aber "
"Ende der Datei."
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:160
+#: install-info.8:172
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>"
msgstr "B<--infodir=>I<Infoverzeichnis>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:169
+#: install-info.8:181
msgid ""
"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info "
"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is B</usr/share/"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:169
+#: install-info.8:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr "B<--align=>I<nnn> B< [veraltet]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:178
+#: install-info.8:190
msgid ""
"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least "
"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary "
-"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset "
+"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details, it may be offset "
"more. The default is 27."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:178
+#: install-info.8:190
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [veraltet]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:184
+#: install-info.8:196
msgid ""
"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be "
"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:184
+#: install-info.8:196
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [veraltet]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:190
+#: install-info.8:202
msgid ""
"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used "
"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79."
"Standardwert is 79."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:195
+#: install-info.8:207
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, "
+"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted "
"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing "
"entries and the creation and deletion of sections."
msgstr ""
"ankündigen."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:200
+#: install-info.8:212
msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit."
msgstr ""
"Bringt B<install-info> dazu, seine Gebrauchshinweis auszugeben und sich zu "
"beenden."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:205
+#: install-info.8:217
msgid ""
"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and "
"exit."
"auszugeben und sich zu beenden."
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:205
+#: install-info.8:217
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>"
msgstr "B<--description=>I<xxx>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:212
+#: install-info.8:224
msgid ""
"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated "
"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the "
"nach einem Abschnitt der folgenden Form gesucht wird:"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:214
+#: install-info.8:226
msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
msgstr "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:216
+#: install-info.8:228
msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>"
msgstr "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:218
+#: install-info.8:230
msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
msgstr "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:227
+#: install-info.8:239
msgid ""
"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, "
"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In "
-"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are "
-"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, "
-"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are "
-"ignored."
+"this case, the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are "
+"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case, the B<--"
+"menuentry>, B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> "
+"options are ignored."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:234
+#: install-info.8:246
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a "
+"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file, the program will try to find a "
"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will "
"capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that."
msgstr ""
"Großbuchstaben und verwendet dieses."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:236
+#: install-info.8:248
msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description."
msgstr ""
"Es ist ein Fehler, wenn keine dieser Methoden eine Beschreibung ergibt."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:240
+#: install-info.8:252
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is "
+"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified, it is "
"ignored and a warning is issued."
msgstr ""
"Falls eine Beschreibung gegeben wird, wenn B<--remove> angegeben ist, wird "
"diese ignoriert und eine Warnung ausgegeben."
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:240
+#: install-info.8:252
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>"
msgstr "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:249
+#: install-info.8:261
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to "
-"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present "
-"the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the "
-"entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected for "
-"the menu entry in the Info file."
+"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not "
+"present, the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and "
+"the entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected "
+"for the menu entry in the Info file."
msgstr ""
"Gibt an, dass der Eintrag im Menü I<xxx> sein soll. Die Voreinstellung ist, "
"den in der Info-Datei selbst angegebenen Wert zu benutzen. Falls dieser "
"Info-Datei siehe oben."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:256
+#: install-info.8:268
msgid ""
-"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the "
+"When removing entries, the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the "
"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not "
-"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is "
+"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted, no check on the menu entry is "
"done."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:256
+#: install-info.8:268
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--keep-old>"
msgstr "B<--keep-old>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:260
+#: install-info.8:272
msgid ""
"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty "
"sections."
"Abschnitte."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:264
+#: install-info.8:276
msgid ""
-"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old "
-"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to "
-"overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one."
+"If the file being installed already has an entry in the Info B<dir> file, "
+"the old entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is "
+"to overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:269
+#: install-info.8:281
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the "
+"If B<--remove> is specified, B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the "
"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by "
"the removal."
msgstr ""
"das Entfernen leer würde."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:272
-msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file."
+#: install-info.8:284
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the Info B<dir> file."
msgstr ""
"Aktiviert den Testmodus, womit das Aktualisieren der Verzeichnis-Datei "
"verhindert wird."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:276
+#: install-info.8:288
msgid ""
"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing "
"steps are shown."
"Bearbeitungsschritte angezeigt werden."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:281
+#: install-info.8:293
msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>"
msgstr "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:287
+#: install-info.8:299
msgid ""
"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU "
"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is "
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-20 23:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-15 16:14+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: ./822-date.1:28 ./cleanup-info.8:51 ./deb.5:67 ./deb-control.5:204 ./deb-old.5:51 ./deb-override.5:67 ./deb-shlibs.5:29 ./deb-substvars.5:130 ./dpkg.1:599 ./dpkg-architecture.1:268 ./dpkg.cfg.5:21 ./dpkg-deb.1:238 ./dpkg-divert.8:118 ./dpkg-name.1:97 ./dpkg-query.1:158 ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:95 ./dpkg-scansources.1:65 ./dpkg-shlibdeps.1:127 ./dpkg-source.1:275 ./dpkg-split.1:226 ./dpkg-statoverride.8:78 ./dselect.1:443 ./dselect.cfg.5:21 ./install-info.8:277 ./update-alternatives.8:403
+#: ./822-date.1:28 ./cleanup-info.8:51 ./deb.5:67 ./deb-control.5:206 ./deb-old.5:51 ./deb-override.5:67 ./deb-shlibs.5:29 ./deb-substvars.5:130 ./dpkg.1:599 ./dpkg-architecture.1:268 ./dpkg.cfg.5:21 ./dpkg-deb.1:238 ./dpkg-divert.8:118 ./dpkg-name.1:97 ./dpkg-query.1:158 ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:95 ./dpkg-scansources.1:65 ./dpkg-shlibdeps.1:127 ./dpkg-source.1:275 ./dpkg-split.1:226 ./dpkg-statoverride.8:78 ./dselect.1:443 ./dselect.cfg.5:21 ./install-info.8:289 ./update-alternatives.8:403
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: ./cleanup-info.8:1 ./deb-substvars.5:2 ./dpkg-architecture.1:1 ./dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 ./dpkg-divert.8:1 ./dpkg-name.1:6 ./dpkg-query.1:1 ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 ./dpkg-scansources.1:1 ./dpkg-split.1:2 ./dpkg-statoverride.8:1 ./start-stop-daemon.8:1 ./update-alternatives.8:8
+#: ./cleanup-info.8:1 ./dpkg-architecture.1:1 ./dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 ./dpkg-divert.8:1 ./dpkg-name.1:6 ./dpkg-query.1:1 ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 ./dpkg-scansources.1:1 ./dpkg-split.1:2 ./dpkg-statoverride.8:1 ./start-stop-daemon.8:1 ./update-alternatives.8:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "2007-03-06"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./cleanup-info.8:36 ./dpkg-architecture.1:61 ./dpkg-divert.8:67 ./dpkg-scansources.1:60 ./dpkg-statoverride.8:44 ./dselect.1:121 ./install-info.8:195 ./update-alternatives.8:295
+#: ./cleanup-info.8:36 ./dpkg-architecture.1:61 ./dpkg-divert.8:67 ./dpkg-scansources.1:60 ./dpkg-statoverride.8:44 ./dselect.1:121 ./install-info.8:207 ./update-alternatives.8:295
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./cleanup-info.8:39 ./dpkg-architecture.1:64 ./dpkg-buildpackage.1:177 ./dpkg-distaddfile.1:35 ./dpkg-deb.1:165 ./dpkg-divert.8:70 ./dpkg-genchanges.1:142 ./dpkg-gencontrol.1:101 ./dpkg-parsechangelog.1:36 ./dpkg-query.1:62 ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:84 ./dpkg-scansources.1:62 ./dpkg-shlibdeps.1:112 ./dpkg-source.1:63 ./dpkg-split.1:130 ./dpkg-statoverride.8:47 ./dselect.1:128 ./install-info.8:200 ./update-alternatives.8:298
+#: ./cleanup-info.8:39 ./dpkg-architecture.1:64 ./dpkg-buildpackage.1:177 ./dpkg-distaddfile.1:35 ./dpkg-deb.1:165 ./dpkg-divert.8:70 ./dpkg-genchanges.1:142 ./dpkg-gencontrol.1:101 ./dpkg-parsechangelog.1:36 ./dpkg-query.1:62 ./dpkg-scanpackages.1:84 ./dpkg-scansources.1:62 ./dpkg-shlibdeps.1:112 ./dpkg-source.1:63 ./dpkg-split.1:130 ./dpkg-statoverride.8:47 ./dselect.1:128 ./install-info.8:212 ./update-alternatives.8:298
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: ./deb.5:1 ./deb-control.5:3 ./deb-old.5:1 ./dpkg.cfg.5:1 ./dselect.1:1 ./dselect.cfg.5:1 ./install-info.8:5
+#: ./deb.5:1 ./deb-old.5:1 ./dpkg.cfg.5:1 ./dselect.1:1 ./dselect.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
msgid "deb-control"
msgstr ""
+# type: TH
+#: ./deb-control.5:3 ./install-info.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2007-05-15"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Plain text
#: ./deb-control.5:6
msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./deb-control.5:23
+#: ./deb-control.5:24
msgid ""
"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a "
-"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or "
-"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the "
-"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text "
-"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally "
-"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the "
-"B<Description> field, see below)."
+"number of fields, or comments when the line starts with B<'#'>. Each field "
+"begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), "
+"followed by a colon, and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only "
+"by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, "
+"but the installation tools will generally join lines when processing the "
+"body of the field (except in the case of the B<Description> field, see "
+"below)."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: ./deb-control.5:24
+#: ./deb-control.5:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./deb-control.5:25
+#: ./deb-control.5:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./deb-control.5:29
+#: ./deb-control.5:30
msgid ""
"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate "
"file names by most installation tools."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./deb-control.5:29
+#: ./deb-control.5:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./deb-control.5:36
+#: ./deb-control.5:37
msgid ""
"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./deb-control.5:36
+#: ./deb-control.5:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./deb-control.5:41
+#: ./deb-control.5:42
msgid ""
"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./deb-control.5:41
+#: ./deb-control.5:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./deb-control.5:44
+#: ./deb-control.5:45
msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./deb-control.5:50
+#: ./deb-control.5:51
msgid ""
"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first "
"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used "
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: ./deb-control.5:51
+#: ./deb-control.5:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./deb-control.5:52
+#: ./deb-control.5:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./deb-control.5:57
+#: ./deb-control.5:58
msgid ""
"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./deb-control.5:57
+#: ./deb-control.5:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./deb-control.5:61
+#: ./deb-control.5:62
msgid ""
"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. "
"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./deb-control.5:71
+#: ./deb-control.5:72
msgid ""
"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of "
"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./deb-control.5:71
+#: ./deb-control.5:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./deb-control.5:78
+#: ./deb-control.5:79
msgid ""
"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a "
"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./deb-control.5:78
+#: ./deb-control.5:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./deb-control.5:86
+#: ./deb-control.5:87
msgid ""
"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled "
"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./deb-control.5:86
+#: ./deb-control.5:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./deb-control.5:90
+#: ./deb-control.5:91
msgid ""
"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if "
"different than the name of the package itself."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./deb-control.5:90
+#: ./deb-control.5:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./deb-control.5:100
+#: ./deb-control.5:101
msgid ""
"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial "
"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./deb-control.5:100
+#: ./deb-control.5:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./deb-control.5:107
+#: ./deb-control.5:108
msgid ""
"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one "
"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./deb-control.5:107
+#: ./deb-control.5:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./deb-control.5:114
+#: ./deb-control.5:115
msgid ""
"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual "
"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./deb-control.5:114
+#: ./deb-control.5:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./deb-control.5:119
+#: ./deb-control.5:120
msgid ""
"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its "
"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./deb-control.5:131
+#: ./deb-control.5:132
msgid ""
"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./deb-control.5:137
+#: ./deb-control.5:138
msgid ""
"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./deb-control.5:137
+#: ./deb-control.5:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./deb-control.5:145
+#: ./deb-control.5:146
msgid ""
"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files "
"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./deb-control.5:145
+#: ./deb-control.5:146
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./deb-control.5:153
+#: ./deb-control.5:154
msgid ""
"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for "
"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./deb-control.5:153
+#: ./deb-control.5:154
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./deb-control.5:163
+#: ./deb-control.5:164
msgid ""
"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is "
"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./deb-control.5:178
+#: ./deb-control.5:179
msgid ""
"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package "
"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> "
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: ./deb-control.5:179
+#: ./deb-control.5:180
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./deb-control.5:201
+#: ./deb-control.5:203
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
+"# Comment\n"
"Package: grep\n"
"Essential: yes\n"
"Priority: required\n"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./deb-control.5:207
+#: ./deb-control.5:209
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgstr ""
msgid "deb-substvars"
msgstr ""
+# type: TH
+#: ./deb-substvars.5:2
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2007-05-12"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Plain text
#: ./deb-substvars.5:6
msgid "deb-substvars - Debian source substitution variables"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: ./deb-substvars.5:140 ./dpkg-name.1:105 ./install-info.8:281
+#: ./deb-substvars.5:140 ./dpkg-name.1:105 ./install-info.8:293
#, no-wrap
msgid "COPYRIGHT"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./dpkg-divert.8:57 ./dpkg-statoverride.8:64 ./install-info.8:190 ./update-alternatives.8:316
+#: ./dpkg-divert.8:57 ./dpkg-statoverride.8:64 ./install-info.8:202 ./update-alternatives.8:316
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--quiet>"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./dpkg-divert.8:64 ./install-info.8:269 ./update-alternatives.8:320
+#: ./dpkg-divert.8:64 ./install-info.8:281 ./update-alternatives.8:320
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./dpkg-scansources.1:58 ./install-info.8:272
+#: ./dpkg-scansources.1:58 ./install-info.8:284
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--debug>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: ./install-info.8:8
-msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info directory"
+msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info dir file"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
# type: Plain text
#: ./install-info.8:32
msgid ""
-"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the "
-"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is "
-"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a "
-"description from the contents of the file."
+"B<install-info> creates, updates or removes entries in the Info B<dir> "
+"file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is specified on "
+"the command line or in the Info file, it attempts to guess a description "
+"from the contents of the file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
# type: Plain text
#: ./install-info.8:66
msgid ""
-"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with "
-"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, "
-"the latter is used instead."
+"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> , it is taken to refer to a file compressed "
+"with GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> "
+"does, the latter is used instead."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: ./install-info.8:71
msgid ""
-"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified "
+"When adding or updating entries, the file must exist at the path specified "
"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: ./install-info.8:86
msgid ""
-"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and "
+"If the removal results in a section becoming empty, the section heading (and "
"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last "
"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> "
"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file."
# type: Plain text
#: ./install-info.8:91
msgid ""
-"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the "
+"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file, only those in the "
"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently "
"ignored."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: ./install-info.8:135
msgid ""
-"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a "
+"Specifies that if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a "
"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such "
-"section exists one will be created as the second last section in the file "
-"(see below), with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> menu "
-"delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title."
+"section exists, one will be created as the second to last section in the "
+"file (see below) with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> "
+"menu delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: ./install-info.8:142
msgid ""
-"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it "
-"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the "
-"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be "
+"If a new entry is to be created, B<install-info> will attempt to insert it "
+"within the section in alphabetic order. If the entries in the section aren't "
+"already sorted, the new location within the section will be "
"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:148
+#: ./install-info.8:149
msgid ""
-"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last "
-"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to "
-"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section "
-"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well "
-"specified location are appended to it."
+"If the B<--section> option is not specified, B<install-info> will look for a "
+"title in the Info file itself by looking for an entry of the form"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:151
+#: ./install-info.8:152
+msgid "B<INFO-DIR-SECTION>I< title>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: ./install-info.8:160
+msgid ""
+"If no section title is found, the default is to append new entries to the "
+"end of the file. The last section (even if it only consists of the title "
+"line) should always exist to ensure that new sections are created in the "
+"right place. The final section should be titled to reflect the fact that "
+"Info files with no better specified location are appended to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: ./install-info.8:163
msgid ""
-"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is "
+"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed, it is "
"replaced in situ with the new entry."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:154
+#: ./install-info.8:166
msgid ""
-"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and "
+"If a section is specified when removing an entry, the section is ignored and "
"a warning is issued."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:160
+#: ./install-info.8:172
msgid ""
-"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no "
-"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested "
+"If a section is requested when adding an entry, but the file contains no "
+"section headings at all, then B<install-info> will create both the requested "
"section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./install-info.8:160
+#: ./install-info.8:172
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:169
+#: ./install-info.8:181
msgid ""
"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info "
"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./install-info.8:169
+#: ./install-info.8:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:178
+#: ./install-info.8:190
msgid ""
"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least "
"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary "
-"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset "
+"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details, it may be offset "
"more. The default is 27."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./install-info.8:178
+#: ./install-info.8:190
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:184
+#: ./install-info.8:196
msgid ""
"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be "
"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./install-info.8:184
+#: ./install-info.8:196
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:190
+#: ./install-info.8:202
msgid ""
"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used "
"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:195
+#: ./install-info.8:207
msgid ""
-"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, "
+"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted "
"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing "
"entries and the creation and deletion of sections."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:200
+#: ./install-info.8:212
msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:205
+#: ./install-info.8:217
msgid ""
"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and "
"exit."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./install-info.8:205
+#: ./install-info.8:217
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:212
+#: ./install-info.8:224
msgid ""
"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated "
"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:214
+#: ./install-info.8:226
msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:216
+#: ./install-info.8:228
msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:218
+#: ./install-info.8:230
msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:227
+#: ./install-info.8:239
msgid ""
"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, "
"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In "
-"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are "
-"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, "
-"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are "
-"ignored."
+"this case, the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are "
+"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case, the "
+"B<--menuentry>, B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> "
+"options are ignored."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:234
+#: ./install-info.8:246
msgid ""
-"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a "
+"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file, the program will try to find a "
"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will "
"capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:236
+#: ./install-info.8:248
msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:240
+#: ./install-info.8:252
msgid ""
-"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is "
+"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified, it is "
"ignored and a warning is issued."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./install-info.8:240
+#: ./install-info.8:252
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:249
+#: ./install-info.8:261
msgid ""
"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to "
-"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present "
-"the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the "
-"entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected for "
-"the menu entry in the Info file."
+"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not "
+"present, the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and "
+"the entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected "
+"for the menu entry in the Info file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:256
+#: ./install-info.8:268
msgid ""
-"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the "
+"When removing entries, the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the "
"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not "
-"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is "
+"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted, no check on the menu entry is "
"done."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: ./install-info.8:256
+#: ./install-info.8:268
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--keep-old>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:260
+#: ./install-info.8:272
msgid ""
"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty "
"sections."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:264
+#: ./install-info.8:276
msgid ""
-"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old "
-"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to "
-"overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one."
+"If the file being installed already has an entry in the Info B<dir> file, "
+"the old entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is "
+"to overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:269
+#: ./install-info.8:281
msgid ""
-"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the "
+"If B<--remove> is specified, B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the "
"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by "
"the removal."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:272
-msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file."
+#: ./install-info.8:284
+msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the Info B<dir> file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:276
+#: ./install-info.8:288
msgid ""
"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing "
"steps are shown."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:281
+#: ./install-info.8:293
msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: ./install-info.8:287
+#: ./install-info.8:299
msgid ""
"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU "
"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is "
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-20 23:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-15 16:14+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n"
msgstr "Esta funcionalidad en realidad debería ser parte de B<date>(1),"
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:28 cleanup-info.8:51 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:204 deb-old.5:51
+#: 822-date.1:28 cleanup-info.8:51 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:206 deb-old.5:51
#: deb-override.5:67 deb-shlibs.5:29 deb-substvars.5:130 dpkg.1:599
#: dpkg-architecture.1:268 dpkg.cfg.5:21 dpkg-deb.1:238 dpkg-divert.8:118
#: dpkg-name.1:97 dpkg-query.1:158 dpkg-scanpackages.1:95
#: dpkg-scansources.1:65 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:127 dpkg-source.1:275
#: dpkg-split.1:226 dpkg-statoverride.8:78 dselect.1:443 dselect.cfg.5:21
-#: install-info.8:277 update-alternatives.8:403
+#: install-info.8:289 update-alternatives.8:403
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: cleanup-info.8:1 deb-substvars.5:2 dpkg-architecture.1:1
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1
-#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-split.1:2
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8
+#: cleanup-info.8:1 dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
+#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-split.1:2 dpkg-statoverride.8:1
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "2007-03-06"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
#: cleanup-info.8:36 dpkg-architecture.1:61 dpkg-divert.8:67
#: dpkg-scansources.1:60 dpkg-statoverride.8:44 dselect.1:121
-#: install-info.8:195 update-alternatives.8:295
+#: install-info.8:207 update-alternatives.8:295
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "B<--help>"
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:101 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:36 dpkg-query.1:62
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:84 dpkg-scansources.1:62 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:112
#: dpkg-source.1:63 dpkg-split.1:130 dpkg-statoverride.8:47 dselect.1:128
-#: install-info.8:200 update-alternatives.8:298
+#: install-info.8:212 update-alternatives.8:298
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dselect.1:1
-#: dselect.cfg.5:1 install-info.8:5
+#: deb.5:1 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dselect.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr ""
msgid "deb-control"
msgstr "deb-control"
+# type: TH
+#: deb-control.5:3 install-info.8:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2007-05-15"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:6
#, fuzzy
msgstr "control"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:23
+#: deb-control.5:24
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a "
-"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or "
-"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the "
-"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text "
-"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally "
-"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the "
-"B<Description> field, see below)."
+"number of fields, or comments when the line starts with B<'#'>. Each field "
+"begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), "
+"followed by a colon, and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only "
+"by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, "
+"but the installation tools will generally join lines when processing the "
+"body of the field (except in the case of the B<Description> field, see "
+"below)."
msgstr ""
"Todo paquete de Debian contiene un fichero de control maestro con varios "
"campos. Cada uno de ellos empieza con una etiqueta como B<Package> o "
"B<Description> , lea más abajo)."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:24
+#: deb-control.5:25
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
msgstr "CAMPOS OBLIGATORIOS"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:25
+#: deb-control.5:26
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Package: >E<lt>nombre de paqueteE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:29
+#: deb-control.5:30
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate "
"instalación lo usan para generar nombres de ficheros."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:29
+#: deb-control.5:30
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Version: >E<lt>cadena de caracteres con el número de versiónE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:36
+#: deb-control.5:37
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
"debido a ésto la versión no puede contener guiones."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:36
+#: deb-control.5:37
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Maintainer: >E<lt>nombre completo correo electrónicoE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:41
+#: deb-control.5:42
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
"la persona que ha empaquetado el programa, no su autor original."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:41
+#: deb-control.5:42
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Description: >E<lt>descripción cortaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:44
+#: deb-control.5:45
#, fuzzy
msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B< >E<lt>descripción largaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:50
+#: deb-control.5:51
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first "
"de este espacio."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:51
+#: deb-control.5:52
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
msgstr "CAMPOS OPCIONALES"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:52
+#: deb-control.5:53
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Section: >E<lt>secciónE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:57
+#: deb-control.5:58
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
"`text', `x11' etc."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:57
+#: deb-control.5:58
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Priority: >E<lt>prioridadE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:61
+#: deb-control.5:62
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. "
"prioridades comunes son `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:71
+#: deb-control.5:72
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of "
"paquete B<debian-policy.>"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:71
+#: deb-control.5:72
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Essential: >E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:78
+#: deb-control.5:79
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a "
" (al menos sin usar opciones de forzado).\n"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:78
+#: deb-control.5:79
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Architecture: >E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:87
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled "
"scripts en Perl o la documentación."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:87
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Source: >E<lt>nombre del código fuenteE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:90
+#: deb-control.5:91
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if "
"que ambos sean distintos."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:90
+#: deb-control.5:91
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Depends: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:100
+#: deb-control.5:101
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial "
"programa."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:100
+#: deb-control.5:101
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Pre-Depends: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:107
+#: deb-control.5:108
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one "
"preinst requiera algún programa ejecutándose."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:107
+#: deb-control.5:108
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Recommends: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:114
+#: deb-control.5:115
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual "
"instalar un paquete sin los paquetes listados en su campo B<Recommends.>"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:114
+#: deb-control.5:115
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Suggests: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:119
+#: deb-control.5:120
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its "
"éstos."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:131
+#: deb-control.5:132
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
"versión específico entre paréntesis."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:137
+#: deb-control.5:138
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
"igual, \"E<lt>=\" para menor o igual y \"=\" para igual que."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:137
+#: deb-control.5:138
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Conflicts: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:145
+#: deb-control.5:146
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files "
"campo Conflicts B<Conflicts.>"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:145
+#: deb-control.5:146
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Replaces: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:153
+#: deb-control.5:154
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for "
"que ambos paquetes tengan ficheros con el mismo nombre."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:153
+#: deb-control.5:154
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Provides: >E<lt>lista de paquetesE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:163
+#: deb-control.5:164
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is "
"separarlos."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:178
+#: deb-control.5:179
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package "
"campos B<Conflicts> y B<Replaces.>"
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:179
+#: deb-control.5:180
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr "EJEMPLO"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:201
+#: deb-control.5:203
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
+"# Comment\n"
"Package: grep\n"
"Essential: yes\n"
"Priority: required\n"
" will run more slowly, however.)\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:207
+#: deb-control.5:209
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgid "deb-substvars"
msgstr "B<debian/substvars>"
+# type: TH
+#: deb-substvars.5:2
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "2007-05-12"
+msgstr ""
+
# type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:6
msgid "deb-substvars - Debian source substitution variables"
"Las herramientas y esta página del manual fueron escritas por Ian Jackson."
# type: SH
-#: deb-substvars.5:140 dpkg-name.1:105 install-info.8:281
+#: deb-substvars.5:140 dpkg-name.1:105 install-info.8:293
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "COPYRIGHT"
msgstr "COPYRIGHT"
"no se redigirá."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:57 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 install-info.8:190
+#: dpkg-divert.8:57 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 install-info.8:202
#: update-alternatives.8:316
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--quiet>"
"caso de que el archivo destino ya exista."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:64 install-info.8:269 update-alternatives.8:320
+#: dpkg-divert.8:64 install-info.8:281 update-alternatives.8:320
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr "B<--test>"
"fichero override de las fuentes tiene preferencia."
# type: IP
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:58 install-info.8:272
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:58 install-info.8:284
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--debug>"
msgstr "B<--debug>"
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:8
-msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info directory"
+msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info dir file"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:32
msgid ""
-"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the "
-"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is "
-"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a "
-"description from the contents of the file."
+"B<install-info> creates, updates or removes entries in the Info B<dir> file. "
+"When updating or creating entries, if no description is specified on the "
+"command line or in the Info file, it attempts to guess a description from "
+"the contents of the file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:66
msgid ""
-"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with "
-"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, "
-"the latter is used instead."
+"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> , it is taken to refer to a file compressed "
+"with GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> "
+"does, the latter is used instead."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:71
msgid ""
-"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified "
+"When adding or updating entries, the file must exist at the path specified "
"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:86
msgid ""
-"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and "
+"If the removal results in a section becoming empty, the section heading (and "
"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last "
"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> "
"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file."
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:91
msgid ""
-"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the "
+"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file, only those in the "
"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently "
"ignored."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:135
msgid ""
-"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a "
+"Specifies that if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a "
"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such "
-"section exists one will be created as the second last section in the file "
-"(see below), with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> menu "
-"delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title."
+"section exists, one will be created as the second to last section in the "
+"file (see below) with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> "
+"menu delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:142
msgid ""
-"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it "
-"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the "
-"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be "
-"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed."
+"If a new entry is to be created, B<install-info> will attempt to insert it "
+"within the section in alphabetic order. If the entries in the section aren't "
+"already sorted, the new location within the section will be unpredictable. "
+"The order of existing entries will not be changed."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:148
+#: install-info.8:149
msgid ""
-"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last "
-"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to "
-"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section "
-"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well "
-"specified location are appended to it."
+"If the B<--section> option is not specified, B<install-info> will look for a "
+"title in the Info file itself by looking for an entry of the form"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:151
+#: install-info.8:152
+msgid "B<INFO-DIR-SECTION>I< title>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: install-info.8:160
+msgid ""
+"If no section title is found, the default is to append new entries to the "
+"end of the file. The last section (even if it only consists of the title "
+"line) should always exist to ensure that new sections are created in the "
+"right place. The final section should be titled to reflect the fact that "
+"Info files with no better specified location are appended to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: install-info.8:163
msgid ""
-"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is "
+"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed, it is "
"replaced in situ with the new entry."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:154
+#: install-info.8:166
msgid ""
-"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and "
+"If a section is specified when removing an entry, the section is ignored and "
"a warning is issued."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:160
+#: install-info.8:172
msgid ""
-"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no "
-"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested "
+"If a section is requested when adding an entry, but the file contains no "
+"section headings at all, then B<install-info> will create both the requested "
"section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:160
+#: install-info.8:172
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>"
msgstr "B<--admindir> I<directorio>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:169
+#: install-info.8:181
msgid ""
"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info "
"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is B</usr/share/"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:169
+#: install-info.8:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:178
+#: install-info.8:190
msgid ""
"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least "
"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary "
-"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset "
+"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details, it may be offset "
"more. The default is 27."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:178
+#: install-info.8:190
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:184
+#: install-info.8:196
msgid ""
"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be "
"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:184
+#: install-info.8:196
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:190
+#: install-info.8:202
msgid ""
"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used "
"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:195
+#: install-info.8:207
msgid ""
-"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, "
+"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted "
"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing "
"entries and the creation and deletion of sections."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:200
+#: install-info.8:212
msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:205
+#: install-info.8:217
msgid ""
"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and "
"exit."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:205
+#: install-info.8:217
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>"
msgstr "B<-C>I<descripcióndecambios>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:212
+#: install-info.8:224
msgid ""
"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated "
"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:214
+#: install-info.8:226
msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:216
+#: install-info.8:228
msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:218
+#: install-info.8:230
msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:227
+#: install-info.8:239
msgid ""
"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, "
"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In "
-"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are "
-"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, "
-"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are "
-"ignored."
+"this case, the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are "
+"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case, the B<--"
+"menuentry>, B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> "
+"options are ignored."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:234
+#: install-info.8:246
msgid ""
-"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a "
+"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file, the program will try to find a "
"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will "
"capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:236
+#: install-info.8:248
msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:240
+#: install-info.8:252
msgid ""
-"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is "
+"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified, it is "
"ignored and a warning is issued."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:240
+#: install-info.8:252
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:249
+#: install-info.8:261
msgid ""
"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to "
-"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present "
-"the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the "
-"entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected for "
-"the menu entry in the Info file."
+"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not "
+"present, the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and "
+"the entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected "
+"for the menu entry in the Info file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:256
+#: install-info.8:268
msgid ""
-"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the "
+"When removing entries, the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the "
"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not "
-"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is "
+"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted, no check on the menu entry is "
"done."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:256
+#: install-info.8:268
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--keep-old>"
msgstr "B<--old>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:260
+#: install-info.8:272
msgid ""
"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty "
"sections."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:264
+#: install-info.8:276
msgid ""
-"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old "
-"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to "
-"overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one."
+"If the file being installed already has an entry in the Info B<dir> file, "
+"the old entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is "
+"to overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:269
+#: install-info.8:281
msgid ""
-"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the "
+"If B<--remove> is specified, B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the "
"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by "
"the removal."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:272
-msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file."
+#: install-info.8:284
+msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the Info B<dir> file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:276
+#: install-info.8:288
msgid ""
"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing "
"steps are shown."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:281
+#: install-info.8:293
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>"
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:287
+#: install-info.8:299
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU "
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-20 23:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-15 16:14+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-30 15:16+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n"
"Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n"
msgstr "Cette fonctionnalité devrait vraiment être intégrée à B<date>(1)."
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:28 cleanup-info.8:51 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:204 deb-old.5:51
+#: 822-date.1:28 cleanup-info.8:51 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:206 deb-old.5:51
#: deb-override.5:67 deb-shlibs.5:29 deb-substvars.5:130 dpkg.1:599
#: dpkg-architecture.1:268 dpkg.cfg.5:21 dpkg-deb.1:238 dpkg-divert.8:118
#: dpkg-name.1:97 dpkg-query.1:158 dpkg-scanpackages.1:95
#: dpkg-scansources.1:65 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:127 dpkg-source.1:275
#: dpkg-split.1:226 dpkg-statoverride.8:78 dselect.1:443 dselect.cfg.5:21
-#: install-info.8:277 update-alternatives.8:403
+#: install-info.8:289 update-alternatives.8:403
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VOIR AUSSI"
msgstr "cleanup-info"
# type: TH
-#: cleanup-info.8:1 deb-substvars.5:2 dpkg-architecture.1:1
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1
-#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-split.1:2
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8
+#: cleanup-info.8:1 dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
+#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-split.1:2 dpkg-statoverride.8:1
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2007-03-06"
msgstr "09-04-2006"
# type: TP
#: cleanup-info.8:36 dpkg-architecture.1:61 dpkg-divert.8:67
#: dpkg-scansources.1:60 dpkg-statoverride.8:44 dselect.1:121
-#: install-info.8:195 update-alternatives.8:295
+#: install-info.8:207 update-alternatives.8:295
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "B<--help>"
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:101 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:36 dpkg-query.1:62
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:84 dpkg-scansources.1:62 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:112
#: dpkg-source.1:63 dpkg-split.1:130 dpkg-statoverride.8:47 dselect.1:128
-#: install-info.8:200 update-alternatives.8:298
+#: install-info.8:212 update-alternatives.8:298
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
msgstr "deb"
# type: TH
-#: deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dselect.1:1
-#: dselect.cfg.5:1 install-info.8:5
+#: deb.5:1 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dselect.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr "28-02-2006"
msgid "deb-control"
msgstr "deb-control"
+# type: TH
+#: deb-control.5:3 install-info.8:5
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "2007-05-15"
+msgstr "17-06-2006"
+
# type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:6
msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
msgstr "contrôle"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:23
+#: deb-control.5:24
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a "
-"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or "
-"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the "
-"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text "
-"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally "
-"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the "
-"B<Description> field, see below)."
+"number of fields, or comments when the line starts with B<'#'>. Each field "
+"begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), "
+"followed by a colon, and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only "
+"by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, "
+"but the installation tools will generally join lines when processing the "
+"body of the field (except in the case of the B<Description> field, see "
+"below)."
msgstr ""
"Chaque paquet Debian possède un fichier principal de contrôle qui contient "
"un certain nombre de champs. Chaque champ commence par une étiquette, telle "
"B<Description>, voyez ci-dessous)."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:24
+#: deb-control.5:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
msgstr "LES CHAMPS EXIGÉS"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:25
+#: deb-control.5:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>nom du paquetE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:29
+#: deb-control.5:30
msgid ""
"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate "
"file names by most installation tools."
"d'installation s'en servent pour produire les noms des paquets."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:29
+#: deb-control.5:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>chaîne pour la versionE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:36
+#: deb-control.5:37
msgid ""
"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for "
"trait d'union dans le numéro de la version originale."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:36
+#: deb-control.5:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>nom adresseE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:41
+#: deb-control.5:42
msgid ""
"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
"mis en paquet."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:41
+#: deb-control.5:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>description courteE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:44
+#: deb-control.5:45
msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B< >E<lt>description longueE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:50
+#: deb-control.5:51
msgid ""
"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first "
"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used "
"ligne blanche elle doit contenir un seul «\\ .\\ » avant cet espace."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:51
+#: deb-control.5:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
msgstr "CHAMPS OPTIONNELS"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:52
+#: deb-control.5:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:57
+#: deb-control.5:58
msgid ""
"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', "
"quelques catégories habituelles."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:57
+#: deb-control.5:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>prioritéE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:61
+#: deb-control.5:62
msgid ""
"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. "
"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc."
"des priorités habituelles."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:71
+#: deb-control.5:72
msgid ""
"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of "
"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the "
"liste dans la version la plus récente du paquet B<debian-policy>."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:71
+#: deb-control.5:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:78
+#: deb-control.5:79
msgid ""
"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a "
"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any "
"pas utilisée)."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:78
+#: deb-control.5:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:87
msgid ""
"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled "
"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' "
"scripts shell ou Perl, ainsi que la documentation sont dans ce cas."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>nom du sourceE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:90
+#: deb-control.5:91
msgid ""
"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if "
"different than the name of the package itself."
"différence entre les deux noms."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:90
+#: deb-control.5:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>liste de paquetE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:100
+#: deb-control.5:101
msgid ""
"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial "
"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
"»."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:100
+#: deb-control.5:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>liste de paquetE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:107
+#: deb-control.5:108
msgid ""
"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one "
"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package "
"\\ »."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:107
+#: deb-control.5:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>liste de paquetE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:114
+#: deb-control.5:115
msgid ""
"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual "
"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
"répertoriés dans le champ B<Recommends.>"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:114
+#: deb-control.5:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>liste de paquetE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:119
+#: deb-control.5:120
msgid ""
"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its "
"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly "
"parfaitement raisonnable."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:131
+#: deb-control.5:132
msgid ""
"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
"version entre parenthèses."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:137
+#: deb-control.5:138
msgid ""
"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
"ou égal, « E<lt>= » pour inférieur ou égal, et « = » pour égal à."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:137
+#: deb-control.5:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>liste de paquetsE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:145
+#: deb-control.5:146
msgid ""
"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files "
"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow "
"le nom de l'autre paquet."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:145
+#: deb-control.5:146
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>liste de paquetsE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:153
+#: deb-control.5:154
msgid ""
"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for "
"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is "
"possède aussi les mêmes fichiers que le paquet en conflit."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:153
+#: deb-control.5:154
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>liste de paquetsE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:163
+#: deb-control.5:164
msgid ""
"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is "
"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For "
"à utiliser « | » comme séparateur de liste."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:178
+#: deb-control.5:179
msgid ""
"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package "
"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> "
"champs B<Conflicts> et B<Replaces>."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:179
+#: deb-control.5:180
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr "EXEMPLE"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:201
-#, no-wrap
+#: deb-control.5:203
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
+"# Comment\n"
"Package: grep\n"
"Essential: yes\n"
"Priority: required\n"
" ralentissent cependant le programme.)\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:207
+#: deb-control.5:209
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgid "deb-substvars"
msgstr "B<debian/substvars>"
+# type: TH
+#: deb-substvars.5:2
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "2007-05-12"
+msgstr "24-11-2006"
+
# type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:6
msgid "deb-substvars - Debian source substitution variables"
msgstr "Ces outils et cette page de manuel ont été écrits par Ian Jackson."
# type: SH
-#: deb-substvars.5:140 dpkg-name.1:105 install-info.8:281
+#: deb-substvars.5:140 dpkg-name.1:105 install-info.8:293
#, no-wrap
msgid "COPYRIGHT"
msgstr "COPYRIGHT"
"I<E<lt>paquetE<gt>>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:57 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 install-info.8:190
+#: dpkg-divert.8:57 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 install-info.8:202
#: update-alternatives.8:316
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--quiet>"
"divert interrompt l'opération."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:64 install-info.8:269 update-alternatives.8:320
+#: dpkg-divert.8:64 install-info.8:281 update-alternatives.8:320
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr "B<--test>"
"sources est prioritaire pour fixer la section."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:58 install-info.8:272
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:58 install-info.8:284
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--debug>"
msgstr "B<--debug>"
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:8
-msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info directory"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info dir file"
msgstr ""
"install-info - création ou mise à jour d'une entrée dans le répertoire Info"
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:32
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the "
-"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is "
-"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a "
-"description from the contents of the file."
+"B<install-info> creates, updates or removes entries in the Info B<dir> file. "
+"When updating or creating entries, if no description is specified on the "
+"command line or in the Info file, it attempts to guess a description from "
+"the contents of the file."
msgstr ""
"B<install-info> crée, met à jour ou supprime des entrées dans le fichier "
"B<dir> du répertoire Info. Quand, pour la création ou la mise à jour d'une "
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:66
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with "
-"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, "
-"the latter is used instead."
+"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> , it is taken to refer to a file compressed "
+"with GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> "
+"does, the latter is used instead."
msgstr ""
"Quand I<nom-de-fichier> se termine par B<.gz> on considère qu'il renvoie à "
"un fichier comprimé avec «\\ GNU gzip\\ »\\ ; s'il n'existe pas, mais qu'il "
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:71
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified "
+"When adding or updating entries, the file must exist at the path specified "
"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)."
msgstr ""
"Quand on ajoute ou on met à jour des entrées, ce fichier doit exister dans "
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:86
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and "
+"If the removal results in a section becoming empty, the section heading (and "
"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last "
"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> "
"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file."
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:91
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the "
+"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file, only those in the "
"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently "
"ignored."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:135
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a "
+"Specifies that if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a "
"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such "
-"section exists one will be created as the second last section in the file "
-"(see below), with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> menu "
-"delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title."
+"section exists, one will be created as the second to last section in the "
+"file (see below) with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> "
+"menu delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title."
msgstr ""
"Indique que l'entrée qui doit être créée sera placée dans la section du "
"fichier B<dir> dont le titre correspond à I<exp-reg>. Si une telle section "
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:142
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it "
-"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the "
-"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be "
-"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed."
+"If a new entry is to be created, B<install-info> will attempt to insert it "
+"within the section in alphabetic order. If the entries in the section aren't "
+"already sorted, the new location within the section will be unpredictable. "
+"The order of existing entries will not be changed."
msgstr ""
"Quand une nouvelle entrée doit être créée, B<install-info> essaye de "
"l'insérer dans la section selon l'ordre alphabétique ; si les entrées de la "
"choisi. L'ordre existant des entrées n'est pas modifié."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:148
+#: install-info.8:149
+msgid ""
+"If the B<--section> option is not specified, B<install-info> will look for a "
+"title in the Info file itself by looking for an entry of the form"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: install-info.8:152
+msgid "B<INFO-DIR-SECTION>I< title>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: install-info.8:160
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last "
-"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to "
-"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section "
-"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well "
-"specified location are appended to it."
+"If no section title is found, the default is to append new entries to the "
+"end of the file. The last section (even if it only consists of the title "
+"line) should always exist to ensure that new sections are created in the "
+"right place. The final section should be titled to reflect the fact that "
+"Info files with no better specified location are appended to it."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, les entrées nouvelles sont ajoutées à la fin du fichier. La "
"dernière section doit toujours exister (même si elle consiste en une simple "
"cette section."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:151
+#: install-info.8:163
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is "
+"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed, it is "
"replaced in situ with the new entry."
msgstr ""
"Quand le fichier Info que l'on doit installer possède déjà une entrée, celle-"
"ci est remplacée in situ par la nouvelle entrée."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:154
+#: install-info.8:166
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and "
+"If a section is specified when removing an entry, the section is ignored and "
"a warning is issued."
msgstr ""
"Quand on supprime une entrée, une section spécifiée est ignorée et un "
"avertissement est produit."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:160
+#: install-info.8:172
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no "
-"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested "
+"If a section is requested when adding an entry, but the file contains no "
+"section headings at all, then B<install-info> will create both the requested "
"section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file."
msgstr ""
"Quand on ajoute une entrée et qu'une section est spécifiée, mais que le "
"la section demandée et une section «\\ Miscellaneous\\ » à la fin du fichier."
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:160
+#: install-info.8:172
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>"
msgstr "B<--infodir=>I<rep-info>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:169
+#: install-info.8:181
msgid ""
"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info "
"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is B</usr/share/"
"Par défaut, c'est B</usr/share/info>."
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:169
+#: install-info.8:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [déconseillé]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:178
+#: install-info.8:190
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least "
"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary "
-"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset "
+"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details, it may be offset "
"more. The default is 27."
msgstr ""
"Précise que l'espace d'indentation de la première ligne de la description "
"demande, on peut le décaler davantage. Par défaut ce nombre est égal à 27."
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:178
+#: install-info.8:190
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [déconseillé]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:184
+#: install-info.8:196
msgid ""
"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be "
"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29."
"nombre est égal à 29."
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:184
+#: install-info.8:196
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [déconseillé]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:190
+#: install-info.8:202
msgid ""
"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used "
"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79."
"descriptif. Par défaut ce nombre est égal à 79."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:195
+#: install-info.8:207
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, "
+"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted "
"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing "
"entries and the creation and deletion of sections."
msgstr ""
"suppression d'entrées existantes ou la création ou la suppression de section."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:200
+#: install-info.8:212
msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit."
msgstr "Option pour afficher une aide sur l'utilisation de B<install-info>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:205
+#: install-info.8:217
msgid ""
"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and "
"exit."
msgstr "Option pour afficher la version et le copyright de B<install-info>"
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:205
+#: install-info.8:217
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>"
msgstr "B<--description=>I<xxx>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:212
+#: install-info.8:224
msgid ""
"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated "
"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the "
"trouver en cherchant une section de la forme suivante\\ :"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:214
+#: install-info.8:226
msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
msgstr "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:216
+#: install-info.8:228
msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>"
msgstr "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:218
+#: install-info.8:230
msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
msgstr "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:227
+#: install-info.8:239
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, "
"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In "
-"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are "
-"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, "
-"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are "
-"ignored."
+"this case, the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are "
+"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case, the B<--"
+"menuentry>, B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> "
+"options are ignored."
msgstr ""
"Quand l'entrée trouvée dans le fichier Info lui-même s'étend sur plusieurs "
"lignes, chacune donnant une entrée du menu, on reprend le texte trouvé «\\ "
"options B<--menuentry>, B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> sont ignorées."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:234
+#: install-info.8:246
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a "
+"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file, the program will try to find a "
"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will "
"capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that."
msgstr ""
"l'utilise comme description."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:236
+#: install-info.8:248
msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description."
msgstr ""
"C'est une erreur si aucune de ces méthodes ne peut donner une description."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:240
+#: install-info.8:252
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is "
+"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified, it is "
"ignored and a warning is issued."
msgstr ""
"Quand l'option B<--remove> est donnée, l'argument pour l'option « "
"description » est ignoré et un avertissement est produit."
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:240
+#: install-info.8:252
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>"
msgstr "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:249
+#: install-info.8:261
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to "
-"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present "
-"the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the "
-"entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected for "
-"the menu entry in the Info file."
+"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not "
+"present, the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and "
+"the entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected "
+"for the menu entry in the Info file."
msgstr ""
"Précise que l'entrée de menu sera I<xxx>. Par défaut, on emploie la valeur "
"indiquée par le fichier Info lui-même. Quand elle n'est pas présente, la "
"le fichier Info."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:256
+#: install-info.8:268
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the "
+"When removing entries, the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the "
"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not "
-"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is "
+"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted, no check on the menu entry is "
"done."
msgstr ""
"Quand on supprime des entrées, la valeur de l'option B<--menuentry> doit "
"vérification sur l'entrée de menu n'est faite."
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:256
+#: install-info.8:268
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--keep-old>"
msgstr "B<--keep-old>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:260
+#: install-info.8:272
msgid ""
"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty "
"sections."
"vides."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:264
+#: install-info.8:276
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old "
-"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to "
-"overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one."
+"If the file being installed already has an entry in the Info B<dir> file, "
+"the old entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is "
+"to overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one."
msgstr ""
"Quand le fichier qu'on doit installer possède déjà une entrée dans le "
"répertoire, l'ancienne entrée est laissée seule plutôt que remplacée. Par "
"défaut, toute entrée ancienne trouvée est remplacée par la nouvelle."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:269
+#: install-info.8:281
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the "
+"If B<--remove> is specified, B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the "
"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by "
"the removal."
msgstr ""
"suppression vidait la section."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:272
-msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file."
+#: install-info.8:284
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the Info B<dir> file."
msgstr "Met en mode test, lequel empêche la mise à jour du fichier dir."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:276
+#: install-info.8:288
msgid ""
"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing "
"steps are shown."
"traitement."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:281
+#: install-info.8:293
msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>"
msgstr "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip>(1)."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:287
+#: install-info.8:299
msgid ""
"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU "
"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is "
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-20 23:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-15 16:14+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-05 21:27+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n"
"Language-Team: Hungarian\n"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:28 cleanup-info.8:51 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:204 deb-old.5:51
+#: 822-date.1:28 cleanup-info.8:51 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:206 deb-old.5:51
#: deb-override.5:67 deb-shlibs.5:29 deb-substvars.5:130 dpkg.1:599
#: dpkg-architecture.1:268 dpkg.cfg.5:21 dpkg-deb.1:238 dpkg-divert.8:118
#: dpkg-name.1:97 dpkg-query.1:158 dpkg-scanpackages.1:95
#: dpkg-scansources.1:65 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:127 dpkg-source.1:275
#: dpkg-split.1:226 dpkg-statoverride.8:78 dselect.1:443 dselect.cfg.5:21
-#: install-info.8:277 update-alternatives.8:403
+#: install-info.8:289 update-alternatives.8:403
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "LÁSD MÉG"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: cleanup-info.8:1 deb-substvars.5:2 dpkg-architecture.1:1
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1
-#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-split.1:2
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8
+#: cleanup-info.8:1 dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
+#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-split.1:2 dpkg-statoverride.8:1
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2007-03-06"
msgstr "2006-02-28"
# type: TP
#: cleanup-info.8:36 dpkg-architecture.1:61 dpkg-divert.8:67
#: dpkg-scansources.1:60 dpkg-statoverride.8:44 dselect.1:121
-#: install-info.8:195 update-alternatives.8:295
+#: install-info.8:207 update-alternatives.8:295
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "B<--help>, B<-h>"
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:101 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:36 dpkg-query.1:62
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:84 dpkg-scansources.1:62 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:112
#: dpkg-source.1:63 dpkg-split.1:130 dpkg-statoverride.8:47 dselect.1:128
-#: install-info.8:200 update-alternatives.8:298
+#: install-info.8:212 update-alternatives.8:298
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dselect.1:1
-#: dselect.cfg.5:1 install-info.8:5
+#: deb.5:1 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dselect.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr "2006-02-28"
msgid "deb-control"
msgstr "deb-control"
+# type: TH
+#: deb-control.5:3 install-info.8:5
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "2007-05-15"
+msgstr "2006-06-17"
+
# type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:6
msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
msgstr "kontroll"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:23
+#: deb-control.5:24
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a "
-"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or "
-"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the "
-"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text "
-"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally "
-"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the "
-"B<Description> field, see below)."
+"number of fields, or comments when the line starts with B<'#'>. Each field "
+"begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), "
+"followed by a colon, and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only "
+"by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, "
+"but the installation tools will generally join lines when processing the "
+"body of the field (except in the case of the B<Description> field, see "
+"below)."
msgstr ""
"Minden Debian csomag tartalmazza a mester `control' fájlt, mely mezőkből "
"áll. Minden mező egy tag-gel kezdődik, pl. B<Package> vagy B<Version> "
"feldolgozásakor (kivéve a B<Description> mezőt, l. alább)."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:24
+#: deb-control.5:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
msgstr "KÖTELEZŐ MEZŐK"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:25
+#: deb-control.5:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>csomag névE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:29
+#: deb-control.5:30
msgid ""
"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate "
"file names by most installation tools."
"fájlneveket állít elő."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:29
+#: deb-control.5:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>verzióE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:36
+#: deb-control.5:37
msgid ""
"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for "
"`-'. Ezért az eredeti változat nem tartalmazhat kötőjelet verziószámában."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:36
+#: deb-control.5:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>teljes.név emailE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:41
+#: deb-control.5:42
msgid ""
"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
"nem a szoftver szerzőjét hanem a csomag készítőjét tartalmazza."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:41
+#: deb-control.5:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>rövid leírásE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:44
+#: deb-control.5:45
msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B< >E<lt>hosszú leírásE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:50
+#: deb-control.5:51
msgid ""
"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first "
"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used "
"üres sorai egy '.'-t kell tartalmazzanak a vezető szóköz után."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:51
+#: deb-control.5:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
msgstr "LEHETSÉGES MEZŐK"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:52
+#: deb-control.5:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>szakaszE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:57
+#: deb-control.5:58
msgid ""
"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', "
"például ilyenekhez: `utils', `net', `mail', `text', `x11' stb."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:57
+#: deb-control.5:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>elsőbbségE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:61
+#: deb-control.5:62
msgid ""
"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. "
"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc."
"`required', `standard', `optional', `extra' (kötelező, szokásos...) stb."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:71
+#: deb-control.5:72
msgid ""
"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of "
"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the "
"verziójában."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:71
+#: deb-control.5:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:78
+#: deb-control.5:79
msgid ""
"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a "
"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any "
"csomagok eltávolítását (csak kényszerítő lehetőségekkel)."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:78
+#: deb-control.5:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:87
msgid ""
"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled "
"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' "
"Perl parancsfájlok és dokumentációk."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>forrás névE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:90
+#: deb-control.5:91
msgid ""
"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if "
"different than the name of the package itself."
"Annak a forrás csomagnak a neve, ahonnan e bináris is származik, ha eltér."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:90
+#: deb-control.5:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:100
+#: deb-control.5:101
msgid ""
"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial "
"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
"lefuttatja a postinst és prerm parancsfájlokat."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:100
+#: deb-control.5:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:107
+#: deb-control.5:108
msgid ""
"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one "
"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package "
"előtti (preinst) parancsfájl lefuttatásához egy másik csomagot igényel "
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:107
+#: deb-control.5:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:114
+#: deb-control.5:115
msgid ""
"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual "
"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
"csomagok kijelölése nélkül telepít."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:114
+#: deb-control.5:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:119
+#: deb-control.5:120
msgid ""
"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its "
"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly "
"mellőzhetők."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:131
+#: deb-control.5:132
msgid ""
"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
"kötésekkel. Minden csomagnevet a verziószám megadása követhet zárójelben."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:137
+#: deb-control.5:138
msgid ""
"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
"egyenlő, és \"=\" egyenlő."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:137
+#: deb-control.5:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:145
+#: deb-control.5:146
msgid ""
"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files "
"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow "
"csomag 1-1 B<Conflicts> mezőben hivatkozik egymásra."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:145
+#: deb-control.5:146
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:153
+#: deb-control.5:154
msgid ""
"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for "
"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is "
"tartalmaz, mint az ütköző csomag."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:153
+#: deb-control.5:154
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>csomag listaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:163
+#: deb-control.5:164
msgid ""
"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is "
"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For "
"levelező-kiszolgálót egy `|'-kkal elválasztott listában."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:178
+#: deb-control.5:179
msgid ""
"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package "
"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> "
"mezőben, a vessző `VAGY'. A verzió szintén megadható a már ismert módon."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:179
+#: deb-control.5:180
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr "PÉLDA"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:201
-#, no-wrap
+#: deb-control.5:203
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
+"# Comment\n"
"Package: grep\n"
"Essential: yes\n"
"Priority: required\n"
" will run more slowly, however.)\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:207
+#: deb-control.5:209
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgid "deb-substvars"
msgstr ""
+# type: TH
+#: deb-substvars.5:2
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "2007-05-12"
+msgstr "2006-02-28"
+
# type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:6
msgid "deb-substvars - Debian source substitution variables"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: deb-substvars.5:140 dpkg-name.1:105 install-info.8:281
+#: deb-substvars.5:140 dpkg-name.1:105 install-info.8:293
#, no-wrap
msgid "COPYRIGHT"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:57 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 install-info.8:190
+#: dpkg-divert.8:57 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 install-info.8:202
#: update-alternatives.8:316
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--quiet>"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:64 install-info.8:269 update-alternatives.8:320
+#: dpkg-divert.8:64 install-info.8:281 update-alternatives.8:320
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr "B<--new>"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:58 install-info.8:272
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:58 install-info.8:284
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--debug>"
msgstr "B<--debug>, B<-D>"
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:8
-msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info directory"
+msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info dir file"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:32
msgid ""
-"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the "
-"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is "
-"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a "
-"description from the contents of the file."
+"B<install-info> creates, updates or removes entries in the Info B<dir> file. "
+"When updating or creating entries, if no description is specified on the "
+"command line or in the Info file, it attempts to guess a description from "
+"the contents of the file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:66
msgid ""
-"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with "
-"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, "
-"the latter is used instead."
+"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> , it is taken to refer to a file compressed "
+"with GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> "
+"does, the latter is used instead."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:71
msgid ""
-"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified "
+"When adding or updating entries, the file must exist at the path specified "
"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:86
msgid ""
-"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and "
+"If the removal results in a section becoming empty, the section heading (and "
"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last "
"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> "
"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file."
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:91
msgid ""
-"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the "
+"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file, only those in the "
"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently "
"ignored."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:135
msgid ""
-"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a "
+"Specifies that if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a "
"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such "
-"section exists one will be created as the second last section in the file "
-"(see below), with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> menu "
-"delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title."
+"section exists, one will be created as the second to last section in the "
+"file (see below) with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> "
+"menu delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:142
msgid ""
-"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it "
-"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the "
-"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be "
-"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed."
+"If a new entry is to be created, B<install-info> will attempt to insert it "
+"within the section in alphabetic order. If the entries in the section aren't "
+"already sorted, the new location within the section will be unpredictable. "
+"The order of existing entries will not be changed."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:148
+#: install-info.8:149
msgid ""
-"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last "
-"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to "
-"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section "
-"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well "
-"specified location are appended to it."
+"If the B<--section> option is not specified, B<install-info> will look for a "
+"title in the Info file itself by looking for an entry of the form"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:151
+#: install-info.8:152
+msgid "B<INFO-DIR-SECTION>I< title>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: install-info.8:160
msgid ""
-"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is "
+"If no section title is found, the default is to append new entries to the "
+"end of the file. The last section (even if it only consists of the title "
+"line) should always exist to ensure that new sections are created in the "
+"right place. The final section should be titled to reflect the fact that "
+"Info files with no better specified location are appended to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: install-info.8:163
+msgid ""
+"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed, it is "
"replaced in situ with the new entry."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:154
+#: install-info.8:166
msgid ""
-"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and "
+"If a section is specified when removing an entry, the section is ignored and "
"a warning is issued."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:160
+#: install-info.8:172
msgid ""
-"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no "
-"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested "
+"If a section is requested when adding an entry, but the file contains no "
+"section headings at all, then B<install-info> will create both the requested "
"section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:160
+#: install-info.8:172
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>"
msgstr "B<--showformat=>I<formátum>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:169
+#: install-info.8:181
msgid ""
"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info "
"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is B</usr/share/"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:169
+#: install-info.8:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:178
+#: install-info.8:190
msgid ""
"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least "
"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary "
-"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset "
+"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details, it may be offset "
"more. The default is 27."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:178
+#: install-info.8:190
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:184
+#: install-info.8:196
msgid ""
"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be "
"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:184
+#: install-info.8:196
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:190
+#: install-info.8:202
msgid ""
"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used "
"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:195
+#: install-info.8:207
msgid ""
-"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, "
+"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted "
"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing "
"entries and the creation and deletion of sections."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:200
+#: install-info.8:212
msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:205
+#: install-info.8:217
msgid ""
"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and "
"exit."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:205
+#: install-info.8:217
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:212
+#: install-info.8:224
msgid ""
"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated "
"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:214
+#: install-info.8:226
msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:216
+#: install-info.8:228
msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:218
+#: install-info.8:230
msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:227
+#: install-info.8:239
msgid ""
"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, "
"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In "
-"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are "
-"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, "
-"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are "
-"ignored."
+"this case, the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are "
+"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case, the B<--"
+"menuentry>, B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> "
+"options are ignored."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:234
+#: install-info.8:246
msgid ""
-"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a "
+"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file, the program will try to find a "
"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will "
"capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:236
+#: install-info.8:248
msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:240
+#: install-info.8:252
msgid ""
-"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is "
+"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified, it is "
"ignored and a warning is issued."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:240
+#: install-info.8:252
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:249
+#: install-info.8:261
msgid ""
"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to "
-"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present "
-"the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the "
-"entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected for "
-"the menu entry in the Info file."
+"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not "
+"present, the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and "
+"the entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected "
+"for the menu entry in the Info file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:256
+#: install-info.8:268
msgid ""
-"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the "
+"When removing entries, the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the "
"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not "
-"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is "
+"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted, no check on the menu entry is "
"done."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:256
+#: install-info.8:268
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--keep-old>"
msgstr "B<--old>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:260
+#: install-info.8:272
msgid ""
"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty "
"sections."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:264
+#: install-info.8:276
msgid ""
-"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old "
-"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to "
-"overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one."
+"If the file being installed already has an entry in the Info B<dir> file, "
+"the old entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is "
+"to overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:269
+#: install-info.8:281
msgid ""
-"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the "
+"If B<--remove> is specified, B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the "
"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by "
"the removal."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:272
-msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file."
+#: install-info.8:284
+msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the Info B<dir> file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:276
+#: install-info.8:288
msgid ""
"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing "
"steps are shown."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:281
+#: install-info.8:293
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>"
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:287
+#: install-info.8:299
msgid ""
"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU "
"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is "
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-20 23:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-15 16:14+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-19 20:31+0900\n"
"Last-Translator: KISE Hiroshi <kise@fuyuneko.jp>\n"
"Language-Team: Debian Japanese List <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n"
msgstr "この機能は実際には B<date>(1) の一部であるべきである。"
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:28 cleanup-info.8:51 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:204 deb-old.5:51
+#: 822-date.1:28 cleanup-info.8:51 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:206 deb-old.5:51
#: deb-override.5:67 deb-shlibs.5:29 deb-substvars.5:130 dpkg.1:599
#: dpkg-architecture.1:268 dpkg.cfg.5:21 dpkg-deb.1:238 dpkg-divert.8:118
#: dpkg-name.1:97 dpkg-query.1:158 dpkg-scanpackages.1:95
#: dpkg-scansources.1:65 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:127 dpkg-source.1:275
#: dpkg-split.1:226 dpkg-statoverride.8:78 dselect.1:443 dselect.cfg.5:21
-#: install-info.8:277 update-alternatives.8:403
+#: install-info.8:289 update-alternatives.8:403
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "関連項目"
msgstr "cleanup-info"
# type: TH
-#: cleanup-info.8:1 deb-substvars.5:2 dpkg-architecture.1:1
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1
-#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-split.1:2
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8
+#: cleanup-info.8:1 dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
+#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-split.1:2 dpkg-statoverride.8:1
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2007-03-06"
msgstr "2006-04-09"
# type: TP
#: cleanup-info.8:36 dpkg-architecture.1:61 dpkg-divert.8:67
#: dpkg-scansources.1:60 dpkg-statoverride.8:44 dselect.1:121
-#: install-info.8:195 update-alternatives.8:295
+#: install-info.8:207 update-alternatives.8:295
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "B<--help>"
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:101 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:36 dpkg-query.1:62
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:84 dpkg-scansources.1:62 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:112
#: dpkg-source.1:63 dpkg-split.1:130 dpkg-statoverride.8:47 dselect.1:128
-#: install-info.8:200 update-alternatives.8:298
+#: install-info.8:212 update-alternatives.8:298
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
msgstr "deb"
# type: TH
-#: deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dselect.1:1
-#: dselect.cfg.5:1 install-info.8:5
+#: deb.5:1 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dselect.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr "2006-02-28"
msgid "deb-control"
msgstr "deb-control"
+# type: TH
+#: deb-control.5:3 install-info.8:5
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "2007-05-15"
+msgstr "2006-06-17"
+
# type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:6
msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
msgstr "control"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:23
+#: deb-control.5:24
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a "
-"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or "
-"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the "
-"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text "
-"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally "
-"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the "
-"B<Description> field, see below)."
+"number of fields, or comments when the line starts with B<'#'>. Each field "
+"begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), "
+"followed by a colon, and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only "
+"by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, "
+"but the installation tools will generally join lines when processing the "
+"body of the field (except in the case of the B<Description> field, see "
+"below)."
msgstr ""
"各 Debian パッケージはマスターとなる `control'ファイルをもっている。この "
"`control'ファイルはいくつかのフィールドを含んでいる。それぞれのフィールドは "
"B<Description> フィールドは例外である)"
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:24
+#: deb-control.5:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
msgstr "必須フィールド"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:25
+#: deb-control.5:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>パッケージ名E<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:29
+#: deb-control.5:30
msgid ""
"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate "
"file names by most installation tools."
"のほとんどがファイル名を生成するために使う。"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:29
+#: deb-control.5:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>バージョン文字列E<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:36
+#: deb-control.5:37
msgid ""
"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for "
"号にハイフンを使うことができない。"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:36
+#: deb-control.5:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>名前 emailE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:41
+#: deb-control.5:42
msgid ""
"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
"を使うことになっている。"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:41
+#: deb-control.5:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>短い説明E<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:44
+#: deb-control.5:45
msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B< >E<lt>長い説明E<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:50
+#: deb-control.5:51
msgid ""
"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first "
"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used "
"白文字ではじまる。行頭のスペースに続けて '.' 一つだけの行は空行を意味する。"
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:51
+#: deb-control.5:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
msgstr "オプションのフィールド"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:52
+#: deb-control.5:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Section: >E<lt>セクションE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:57
+#: deb-control.5:58
msgid ""
"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', "
"`x11' などがある。"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:57
+#: deb-control.5:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>優先度E<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:61
+#: deb-control.5:62
msgid ""
"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. "
"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc."
"ては `required'、`standard'、`optional'、`extra' などがある。"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:71
+#: deb-control.5:72
msgid ""
"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of "
"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the "
"ジの中に含まれている。"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:71
+#: deb-control.5:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:78
+#: deb-control.5:79
msgid ""
"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a "
"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any "
"を許さない。"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:78
+#: deb-control.5:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:87
msgid ""
"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled "
"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' "
"リプト、文書などは architecture が all となる。"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>ソース名E<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:90
+#: deb-control.5:91
msgid ""
"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if "
"different than the name of the package itself."
"ナリパッケージの名前とソースパッケージの名前が違う時に使われる。"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:90
+#: deb-control.5:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:100
+#: deb-control.5:101
msgid ""
"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial "
"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
"ジが prerm スクリプトを実行しようとする前に実行しようとする。"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:100
+#: deb-control.5:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:107
+#: deb-control.5:108
msgid ""
"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one "
"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package "
"他のパッケージを preinst スクリプトで利用する場合に使われる。"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:107
+#: deb-control.5:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:114
+#: deb-control.5:115
msgid ""
"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual "
"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
"とがある。"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:114
+#: deb-control.5:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:119
+#: deb-control.5:120
msgid ""
"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its "
"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly "
"いパッケージのリスト。"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:131
+#: deb-control.5:132
msgid ""
"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
"バージョン番号の指定ができる。"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:137
+#: deb-control.5:138
msgid ""
"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
"じか新しい」、 \"E<lt>=\" 「同じか古い」、 \"=\" 「同じ」がある。"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:137
+#: deb-control.5:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:145
+#: deb-control.5:146
msgid ""
"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files "
"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow "
"いを B<Conflicts> に書いておくべきである。"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:145
+#: deb-control.5:146
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:153
+#: deb-control.5:154
msgid ""
"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for "
"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is "
"とで他のパッケージを強制的に削除することを指示するために使われる。"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:153
+#: deb-control.5:154
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>パッケージリストE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:163
+#: deb-control.5:164
msgid ""
"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is "
"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For "
"を使って列挙する必要もなくなる。"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:178
+#: deb-control.5:179
msgid ""
"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package "
"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> "
"ルドと同じ表記でバージョンも指定することができる。"
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:179
+#: deb-control.5:180
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr "例"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:201
-#, no-wrap
+#: deb-control.5:203
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
+"# Comment\n"
"Package: grep\n"
"Essential: yes\n"
"Priority: required\n"
" will run more slowly, however).\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:207
+#: deb-control.5:209
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgid "deb-substvars"
msgstr "B<deinstall>"
+# type: TH
+#: deb-substvars.5:2
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "2007-05-12"
+msgstr "2006-02-28"
+
# type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:6
msgid "deb-substvars - Debian source substitution variables"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: deb-substvars.5:140 dpkg-name.1:105 install-info.8:281
+#: deb-substvars.5:140 dpkg-name.1:105 install-info.8:293
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "COPYRIGHT"
msgstr ""
"パッケージによって退避される。"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:57 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 install-info.8:190
+#: dpkg-divert.8:57 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 install-info.8:202
#: update-alternatives.8:316
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--quiet>"
"存在していると動作を中断する。"
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:64 install-info.8:269 update-alternatives.8:320
+#: dpkg-divert.8:64 install-info.8:281 update-alternatives.8:320
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr "B<--test>"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:58 install-info.8:272
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:58 install-info.8:284
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--debug>"
msgstr "B<--debug>"
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:8
-msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info directory"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info dir file"
msgstr "install-info - Info ディレクトリにエントリを作成したり更新したりする"
# type: Plain text
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:32
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the "
-"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is "
-"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a "
-"description from the contents of the file."
+"B<install-info> creates, updates or removes entries in the Info B<dir> file. "
+"When updating or creating entries, if no description is specified on the "
+"command line or in the Info file, it attempts to guess a description from "
+"the contents of the file."
msgstr ""
"B<install-info> は、Info ディレクトリの B<dir> ファイルにエントリを作成・更"
"新・削除する。作成か更新の場合、 コマンドラインにも Info ファイルにも説明文が"
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:66
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with "
-"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, "
-"the latter is used instead."
+"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> , it is taken to refer to a file compressed "
+"with GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> "
+"does, the latter is used instead."
msgstr ""
"I<filename> が B<.gz> で終わっていたら、GNU gzip で圧縮されているファイルであ"
"るとみなされる。 I<filename> は存在しないがこれに対応する I<filename>B<.gz> "
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:71
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified "
+"When adding or updating entries, the file must exist at the path specified "
"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)."
msgstr ""
"エントリを追加か更新するときは、ファイル(拡張子 B<.gz> が付加的に付いているか"
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:86
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and "
+"If the removal results in a section becoming empty, the section heading (and "
"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last "
"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> "
"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file."
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:91
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the "
+"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file, only those in the "
"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently "
"ignored."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:135
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a "
+"Specifies that if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a "
"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such "
-"section exists one will be created as the second last section in the file "
-"(see below), with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> menu "
-"delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title."
+"section exists, one will be created as the second to last section in the "
+"file (see below) with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> "
+"menu delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title."
msgstr ""
"新しいエントリを作るときに、 B<dir> ファイルの中でタイトルが I<regexp> にマッ"
"チするセクションに配置することを指定する。該当するセクションが存在しなかった"
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:142
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it "
-"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the "
-"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be "
-"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed."
+"If a new entry is to be created, B<install-info> will attempt to insert it "
+"within the section in alphabetic order. If the entries in the section aren't "
+"already sorted, the new location within the section will be unpredictable. "
+"The order of existing entries will not be changed."
msgstr ""
"新たなエントリを作るとき、 B<install-info> はセクションの中でアルファベット順"
"にそれを挿入しようとする。セクション中のエントリがあらかじめソートされていな"
"更されない。"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:148
+#: install-info.8:149
+msgid ""
+"If the B<--section> option is not specified, B<install-info> will look for a "
+"title in the Info file itself by looking for an entry of the form"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: install-info.8:152
+msgid "B<INFO-DIR-SECTION>I< title>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: install-info.8:160
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last "
-"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to "
-"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section "
-"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well "
-"specified location are appended to it."
+"If no section title is found, the default is to append new entries to the "
+"end of the file. The last section (even if it only consists of the title "
+"line) should always exist to ensure that new sections are created in the "
+"right place. The final section should be titled to reflect the fact that "
+"Info files with no better specified location are appended to it."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトでは新たなエントリをファイルの終わりに付け加える。最後のセクション"
"は、タイトル行だけであっても常に存在していなけらばならない。これは新たなセク"
"けなければならない。"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:151
+#: install-info.8:163
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is "
+"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed, it is "
"replaced in situ with the new entry."
msgstr ""
"Info ファイルのエントリがすでにインストールされていたら、 その位置で新たなエ"
"ントリに置き換えられる。"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:154
+#: install-info.8:166
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and "
+"If a section is specified when removing an entry, the section is ignored and "
"a warning is issued."
msgstr ""
"エントリ削除時にセクションを指定すると、セクションは無視され警告が発せられ"
"る。"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:160
+#: install-info.8:172
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no "
-"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested "
+"If a section is requested when adding an entry, but the file contains no "
+"section headings at all, then B<install-info> will create both the requested "
"section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file."
msgstr ""
"エントリを加えるときにセクションが必要となるにもかかわらずファイルにセクショ"
"の終わりの Miscellaneous というセクションとの両方を作る。"
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:160
+#: install-info.8:172
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>"
msgstr "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:169
+#: install-info.8:181
msgid ""
"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info "
"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is B</usr/share/"
"I<infodir> にあることを指定する。デフォルトは B</usr/share/info/> である。"
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:169
+#: install-info.8:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [非推奨]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:178
+#: install-info.8:190
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least "
"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary "
-"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset "
+"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details, it may be offset "
"more. The default is 27."
msgstr ""
"説明文の最初の行を少なくとも I<nnn> 字だけ字下げすべきものと指定する。余分な"
"め、より多くのオフセットが必要かもしれない。デフォルトは 27 である。"
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:178
+#: install-info.8:190
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [非推奨]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:184
+#: install-info.8:196
msgid ""
"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be "
"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29."
"フォルトは 29 である。"
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:184
+#: install-info.8:196
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [非推奨]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:190
+#: install-info.8:202
msgid ""
"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used "
"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79."
"る。デフォルトは 79 である。"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:195
+#: install-info.8:207
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, "
+"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted "
"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing "
"entries and the creation and deletion of sections."
msgstr ""
"ションの作成・削除の案内のメッセージを表示しない。"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:200
+#: install-info.8:212
msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit."
msgstr "B<install-info> の使用法を表示して終了する。"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:205
+#: install-info.8:217
msgid ""
"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and "
"exit."
msgstr "B<install-info> のバージョンと著作権の情報を表示して終了する。"
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:205
+#: install-info.8:217
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>"
msgstr "B<--description=>I<xxx>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:212
+#: install-info.8:224
msgid ""
"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated "
"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the "
"ことで見つけられる。"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:214
+#: install-info.8:226
msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
msgstr "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:216
+#: install-info.8:228
msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>"
msgstr "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:218
+#: install-info.8:230
msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
msgstr "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:227
+#: install-info.8:239
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, "
"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In "
-"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are "
-"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, "
-"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are "
-"ignored."
+"this case, the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are "
+"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case, the B<--"
+"menuentry>, B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> "
+"options are ignored."
msgstr ""
"Info ファイルに見つかったエントリ自身がそれだけで数行に渡り、それぞれにメ"
"ニューのエントリがある場合、ファイルの中に見つかったテキストがそのまま使われ"
"B<--calign>, B<--menuentry> のオプションは無視される。"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:234
+#: install-info.8:246
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a "
+"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file, the program will try to find a "
"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will "
"capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that."
msgstr ""
"にしてそれを使う。"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:236
+#: install-info.8:248
msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description."
msgstr "これらの方法で説明文を得ることができなかったらエラーになる。"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:240
+#: install-info.8:252
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is "
+"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified, it is "
"ignored and a warning is issued."
msgstr ""
"B<--remove> が指定されたときには説明文の引数が与えられても無視され、警告が発"
"せられる。"
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:240
+#: install-info.8:252
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>"
msgstr "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:249
+#: install-info.8:261
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to "
-"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present "
-"the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the "
-"entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected for "
-"the menu entry in the Info file."
+"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not "
+"present, the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and "
+"the entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected "
+"for the menu entry in the Info file."
msgstr ""
"メニューの中のエントリを I<xxx> とする。デフォルトでは、 Info ファイル自身の"
"中で指定された値を使う。それがなかった場合は、 Info ファイルのベースネームが"
"照されたい。"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:256
+#: install-info.8:268
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the "
+"When removing entries, the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the "
"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not "
-"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is "
+"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted, no check on the menu entry is "
"done."
msgstr ""
"エントリを削除するとき、 B<--menuentry> オプションの値は、削除されるメニュー"
"menuentry> を省略したときは、メニューエントリのチェックは行われない。"
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:256
+#: install-info.8:268
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--keep-old>"
msgstr "B<--keep-old>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:260
+#: install-info.8:272
msgid ""
"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty "
"sections."
msgstr "現存するエントリの置換や空セクションの削除を行わない。"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:264
+#: install-info.8:276
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old "
-"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to "
-"overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one."
+"If the file being installed already has an entry in the Info B<dir> file, "
+"the old entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is "
+"to overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one."
msgstr ""
"すでにインストールされているファイルがディレクトリにエントリを持っている場"
"合、古いエントリは置き換えられずそのまま残る。デフォルトでは、古いエントリは"
"いずれも新規作成されたものによって置き換えられる。"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:269
+#: install-info.8:281
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the "
+"If B<--remove> is specified, B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the "
"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by "
"the removal."
msgstr ""
"ないが、 B<--keep-old> はセクション見出しを削除しない。"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:272
-msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file."
+#: install-info.8:284
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the Info B<dir> file."
msgstr "テストモードを有効にし、ディレクトリファイルを更新しない。"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:276
+#: install-info.8:288
msgid ""
"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing "
"steps are shown."
msgstr "デバッグモードを有効にし、内部の処理ステップをいくらか表示する。"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:281
+#: install-info.8:293
msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>"
msgstr "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:287
+#: install-info.8:299
msgid ""
"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU "
"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is "
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg 1.14.0\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-20 23:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-15 16:14+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-05-04 23:46+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Robert Luberda <robert@debian.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Polish <debian-l10n-polish@lists.debian.org>\n"
msgstr "To polecenie powinno byæ czê¶ci± polecenia B<date>(1)."
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:28 cleanup-info.8:51 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:204 deb-old.5:51
+#: 822-date.1:28 cleanup-info.8:51 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:206 deb-old.5:51
#: deb-override.5:67 deb-shlibs.5:29 deb-substvars.5:130 dpkg.1:599
#: dpkg-architecture.1:268 dpkg.cfg.5:21 dpkg-deb.1:238 dpkg-divert.8:118
#: dpkg-name.1:97 dpkg-query.1:158 dpkg-scanpackages.1:95
#: dpkg-scansources.1:65 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:127 dpkg-source.1:275
#: dpkg-split.1:226 dpkg-statoverride.8:78 dselect.1:443 dselect.cfg.5:21
-#: install-info.8:277 update-alternatives.8:403
+#: install-info.8:289 update-alternatives.8:403
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "ZOBACZ TAK¯E"
msgstr "cleanup-info"
# type: TH
-#: cleanup-info.8:1 deb-substvars.5:2 dpkg-architecture.1:1
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1
-#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-split.1:2
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8
+#: cleanup-info.8:1 dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
+#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-split.1:2 dpkg-statoverride.8:1
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "2007-03-06"
msgstr "2007-03-06"
# type: TP
#: cleanup-info.8:36 dpkg-architecture.1:61 dpkg-divert.8:67
#: dpkg-scansources.1:60 dpkg-statoverride.8:44 dselect.1:121
-#: install-info.8:195 update-alternatives.8:295
+#: install-info.8:207 update-alternatives.8:295
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "B<--help>"
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:101 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:36 dpkg-query.1:62
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:84 dpkg-scansources.1:62 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:112
#: dpkg-source.1:63 dpkg-split.1:130 dpkg-statoverride.8:47 dselect.1:128
-#: install-info.8:200 update-alternatives.8:298
+#: install-info.8:212 update-alternatives.8:298
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
msgstr "deb"
# type: TH
-#: deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dselect.1:1
-#: dselect.cfg.5:1 install-info.8:5
+#: deb.5:1 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dselect.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr "2006-02-28"
msgid "deb-control"
msgstr "deb-control"
+# type: TH
+#: deb-control.5:3 install-info.8:5
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "2007-05-15"
+msgstr "2007-03-13"
+
# type: Plain text
#
#: deb-control.5:6
msgstr "control"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:23
+#: deb-control.5:24
msgid ""
"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a "
-"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or "
-"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the "
-"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text "
-"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally "
-"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the "
-"B<Description> field, see below)."
+"number of fields, or comments when the line starts with B<'#'>. Each field "
+"begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), "
+"followed by a colon, and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only "
+"by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, "
+"but the installation tools will generally join lines when processing the "
+"body of the field (except in the case of the B<Description> field, see "
+"below)."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:24
+#: deb-control.5:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
msgstr "POLA WYMAGANE"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:25
+#: deb-control.5:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>nazwa pakietuE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:29
+#: deb-control.5:30
msgid ""
"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate "
"file names by most installation tools."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:29
+#: deb-control.5:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>oznaczenie wersjiE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:36
+#: deb-control.5:37
msgid ""
"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:36
+#: deb-control.5:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>pe³na-nazwa e-mailE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:41
+#: deb-control.5:42
msgid ""
"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
"programu)."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:41
+#: deb-control.5:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>krótki opisE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:44
+#: deb-control.5:45
msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B< >E<lt>d³ugi opisE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:50
+#: deb-control.5:51
msgid ""
"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first "
"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used "
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:51
+#: deb-control.5:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
msgstr "POLA NIEWYMAGANE"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:52
+#: deb-control.5:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>sekcjaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:57
+#: deb-control.5:58
msgid ""
"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:57
+#: deb-control.5:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorytet<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:61
+#: deb-control.5:62
msgid ""
"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. "
"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:71
+#: deb-control.5:72
msgid ""
"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of "
"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:71
+#: deb-control.5:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:78
+#: deb-control.5:79
msgid ""
"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a "
"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:78
+#: deb-control.5:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>architektura|allE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:87
msgid ""
"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled "
"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>nazwa ¼ród³aE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:90
+#: deb-control.5:91
msgid ""
"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if "
"different than the name of the package itself."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:90
+#: deb-control.5:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>lista pakietówE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:100
+#: deb-control.5:101
msgid ""
"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial "
"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:100
+#: deb-control.5:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>lista pakietówE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:107
+#: deb-control.5:108
msgid ""
"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one "
"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:107
+#: deb-control.5:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>lista pakietówE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:114
+#: deb-control.5:115
msgid ""
"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual "
"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:114
+#: deb-control.5:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>lista pakietówE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:119
+#: deb-control.5:120
msgid ""
"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its "
"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:131
+#: deb-control.5:132
msgid ""
"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:137
+#: deb-control.5:138
msgid ""
"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:137
+#: deb-control.5:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>lista pakietówE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:145
+#: deb-control.5:146
msgid ""
"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files "
"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:145
+#: deb-control.5:146
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>lista pakietówE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:153
+#: deb-control.5:154
msgid ""
"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for "
"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:153
+#: deb-control.5:154
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>lista pakietówE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:163
+#: deb-control.5:164
msgid ""
"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is "
"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:178
+#: deb-control.5:179
msgid ""
"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package "
"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> "
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:179
+#: deb-control.5:180
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr "PRZYK£AD"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:201
-#, no-wrap
+#: deb-control.5:203
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
+"# Comment\n"
"Package: grep\n"
"Essential: yes\n"
"Priority: required\n"
# type: Plain text
#
-#: deb-control.5:207
+#: deb-control.5:209
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgid "deb-substvars"
msgstr "deb-substvars"
+# type: TH
+#: deb-substvars.5:2
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "2007-05-12"
+msgstr "2007-01-24"
+
# type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:6
msgid "deb-substvars - Debian source substitution variables"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: deb-substvars.5:140 dpkg-name.1:105 install-info.8:281
+#: deb-substvars.5:140 dpkg-name.1:105 install-info.8:293
#, no-wrap
msgid "COPYRIGHT"
msgstr "PRAWA AUTORSKIE"
"I<pakietu>."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:57 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 install-info.8:190
+#: dpkg-divert.8:57 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 install-info.8:202
#: update-alternatives.8:316
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--quiet>"
"je¿eli plik docelowy ju¿ istnieje."
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:64 install-info.8:269 update-alternatives.8:320
+#: dpkg-divert.8:64 install-info.8:281 update-alternatives.8:320
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr "B<--test>"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:58 install-info.8:272
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:58 install-info.8:284
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--debug>"
msgstr "B<--debug>"
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:8
-msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info directory"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info dir file"
msgstr "install-info - tworzy lub aktualizuje wpis w katalogu Info"
# type: Plain text
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:32
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the "
-"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is "
-"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a "
-"description from the contents of the file."
+"B<install-info> creates, updates or removes entries in the Info B<dir> file. "
+"When updating or creating entries, if no description is specified on the "
+"command line or in the Info file, it attempts to guess a description from "
+"the contents of the file."
msgstr ""
"B<install-info> tworzy, aktualizuje i usuwa wpisy w katalogu Info, czyli "
"pliku B<dir>. Podczas aktualizowania lub tworzenia wpisów, je¿eli nie podano "
#: install-info.8:66
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with "
-"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, "
-"the latter is used instead."
+"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> , it is taken to refer to a file compressed "
+"with GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> "
+"does, the latter is used instead."
msgstr "Je¿eli I<nazwa_pliku> koñczy siê rozszerzeniem B<.gz>"
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:71
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified "
+"When adding or updating entries, the file must exist at the path specified "
"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)."
msgstr ""
"Podczas dodawania lub aktualizowania wpisów plik ten musi istnieæ w podanej "
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:86
msgid ""
-"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and "
+"If the removal results in a section becoming empty, the section heading (and "
"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last "
"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> "
"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file."
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:91
msgid ""
-"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the "
+"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file, only those in the "
"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently "
"ignored."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:135
msgid ""
-"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a "
+"Specifies that if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a "
"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such "
-"section exists one will be created as the second last section in the file "
-"(see below), with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> menu "
-"delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title."
+"section exists, one will be created as the second to last section in the "
+"file (see below) with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> "
+"menu delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:142
msgid ""
-"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it "
-"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the "
-"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be "
-"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed."
+"If a new entry is to be created, B<install-info> will attempt to insert it "
+"within the section in alphabetic order. If the entries in the section aren't "
+"already sorted, the new location within the section will be unpredictable. "
+"The order of existing entries will not be changed."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:148
+#: install-info.8:149
msgid ""
-"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last "
-"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to "
-"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section "
-"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well "
-"specified location are appended to it."
+"If the B<--section> option is not specified, B<install-info> will look for a "
+"title in the Info file itself by looking for an entry of the form"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:151
+#: install-info.8:152
+msgid "B<INFO-DIR-SECTION>I< title>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: install-info.8:160
+msgid ""
+"If no section title is found, the default is to append new entries to the "
+"end of the file. The last section (even if it only consists of the title "
+"line) should always exist to ensure that new sections are created in the "
+"right place. The final section should be titled to reflect the fact that "
+"Info files with no better specified location are appended to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: install-info.8:163
msgid ""
-"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is "
+"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed, it is "
"replaced in situ with the new entry."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:154
+#: install-info.8:166
msgid ""
-"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and "
+"If a section is specified when removing an entry, the section is ignored and "
"a warning is issued."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:160
+#: install-info.8:172
msgid ""
-"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no "
-"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested "
+"If a section is requested when adding an entry, but the file contains no "
+"section headings at all, then B<install-info> will create both the requested "
"section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:160
+#: install-info.8:172
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>"
msgstr "B<--infodir=>I<katalog>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:169
+#: install-info.8:181
msgid ""
"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info "
"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is B</usr/share/"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:169
+#: install-info.8:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [przestarza³e]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:178
+#: install-info.8:190
msgid ""
"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least "
"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary "
-"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset "
+"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details, it may be offset "
"more. The default is 27."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:178
+#: install-info.8:190
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [przestarza³e]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:184
+#: install-info.8:196
msgid ""
"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be "
"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:184
+#: install-info.8:196
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [przestarza³e]>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:190
+#: install-info.8:202
msgid ""
"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used "
"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:195
+#: install-info.8:207
msgid ""
-"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, "
+"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted "
"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing "
"entries and the creation and deletion of sections."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:200
+#: install-info.8:212
msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit."
msgstr ""
"Powoduje, ¿e B<install-info> wy¶wietli informacje o u¿yciu i zakoñczy "
# type: Plain text
#
-#: install-info.8:205
+#: install-info.8:217
msgid ""
"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and "
"exit."
"autorskich i zakoñczy dzia³anie."
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:205
+#: install-info.8:217
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>"
msgstr "B<--description=>I<xxx>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:212
+#: install-info.8:224
msgid ""
"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated "
"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:214
+#: install-info.8:226
msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
msgstr "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:216
+#: install-info.8:228
msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>"
msgstr "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP w GNU Emacsie.>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:218
+#: install-info.8:230
msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
msgstr "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:227
+#: install-info.8:239
msgid ""
"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, "
"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In "
-"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are "
-"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, "
-"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are "
-"ignored."
+"this case, the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are "
+"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case, the B<--"
+"menuentry>, B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> "
+"options are ignored."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:234
+#: install-info.8:246
msgid ""
-"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a "
+"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file, the program will try to find a "
"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will "
"capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:236
+#: install-info.8:248
msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:240
+#: install-info.8:252
msgid ""
-"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is "
+"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified, it is "
"ignored and a warning is issued."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:240
+#: install-info.8:252
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>"
msgstr "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:249
+#: install-info.8:261
msgid ""
"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to "
-"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present "
-"the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the "
-"entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected for "
-"the menu entry in the Info file."
+"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not "
+"present, the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and "
+"the entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected "
+"for the menu entry in the Info file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:256
+#: install-info.8:268
msgid ""
-"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the "
+"When removing entries, the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the "
"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not "
-"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is "
+"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted, no check on the menu entry is "
"done."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:256
+#: install-info.8:268
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--keep-old>"
msgstr "B<--keep-old>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:260
+#: install-info.8:272
msgid ""
"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty "
"sections."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:264
+#: install-info.8:276
msgid ""
-"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old "
-"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to "
-"overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one."
+"If the file being installed already has an entry in the Info B<dir> file, "
+"the old entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is "
+"to overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:269
+#: install-info.8:281
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the "
+"If B<--remove> is specified, B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the "
"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by "
"the removal."
msgstr ""
"sta³a siê pusta."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:272
-msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file."
+#: install-info.8:284
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the Info B<dir> file."
msgstr "W³±cza tryb testowy, który powstrzymuje aktualizacjê pliku katalogu. "
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:276
+#: install-info.8:288
msgid ""
"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing "
"steps are shown."
"przetwarzania."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:281
+#: install-info.8:293
msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>"
msgstr "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:287
+#: install-info.8:299
msgid ""
"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU "
"General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. There is "
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-20 23:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-15 16:14+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-03 15:04+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Unknown translator\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese <debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org>\n"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:28 cleanup-info.8:51 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:204 deb-old.5:51
+#: 822-date.1:28 cleanup-info.8:51 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:206 deb-old.5:51
#: deb-override.5:67 deb-shlibs.5:29 deb-substvars.5:130 dpkg.1:599
#: dpkg-architecture.1:268 dpkg.cfg.5:21 dpkg-deb.1:238 dpkg-divert.8:118
#: dpkg-name.1:97 dpkg-query.1:158 dpkg-scanpackages.1:95
#: dpkg-scansources.1:65 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:127 dpkg-source.1:275
#: dpkg-split.1:226 dpkg-statoverride.8:78 dselect.1:443 dselect.cfg.5:21
-#: install-info.8:277 update-alternatives.8:403
+#: install-info.8:289 update-alternatives.8:403
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "VEJA TAMBÉM"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: cleanup-info.8:1 deb-substvars.5:2 dpkg-architecture.1:1
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1
-#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-split.1:2
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8
+#: cleanup-info.8:1 dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
+#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-split.1:2 dpkg-statoverride.8:1
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2007-03-06"
msgstr "2006-04-09"
# type: TP
#: cleanup-info.8:36 dpkg-architecture.1:61 dpkg-divert.8:67
#: dpkg-scansources.1:60 dpkg-statoverride.8:44 dselect.1:121
-#: install-info.8:195 update-alternatives.8:295
+#: install-info.8:207 update-alternatives.8:295
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "B<--help>"
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:101 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:36 dpkg-query.1:62
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:84 dpkg-scansources.1:62 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:112
#: dpkg-source.1:63 dpkg-split.1:130 dpkg-statoverride.8:47 dselect.1:128
-#: install-info.8:200 update-alternatives.8:298
+#: install-info.8:212 update-alternatives.8:298
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dselect.1:1
-#: dselect.cfg.5:1 install-info.8:5
+#: deb.5:1 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dselect.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr "2006-04-09"
msgid "deb-control"
msgstr "I<control>"
+# type: TH
+#: deb-control.5:3 install-info.8:5
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "2007-05-15"
+msgstr "2006-04-09"
+
# type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:6
msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
msgstr "I<control>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:23
+#: deb-control.5:24
msgid ""
"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a "
-"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or "
-"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the "
-"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text "
-"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally "
-"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the "
-"B<Description> field, see below)."
+"number of fields, or comments when the line starts with B<'#'>. Each field "
+"begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), "
+"followed by a colon, and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only "
+"by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, "
+"but the installation tools will generally join lines when processing the "
+"body of the field (except in the case of the B<Description> field, see "
+"below)."
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:24
+#: deb-control.5:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:25
+#: deb-control.5:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:29
+#: deb-control.5:30
msgid ""
"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate "
"file names by most installation tools."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:29
+#: deb-control.5:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:36
+#: deb-control.5:37
msgid ""
"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:36
+#: deb-control.5:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:41
+#: deb-control.5:42
msgid ""
"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:41
+#: deb-control.5:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:44
+#: deb-control.5:45
msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:50
+#: deb-control.5:51
msgid ""
"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first "
"line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used "
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:51
+#: deb-control.5:52
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
msgstr "OPÇÕES"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:52
+#: deb-control.5:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:57
+#: deb-control.5:58
msgid ""
"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:57
+#: deb-control.5:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:61
+#: deb-control.5:62
msgid ""
"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. "
"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:71
+#: deb-control.5:72
msgid ""
"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of "
"accepted values based on the Policy Manual. They are used to decide how the "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:71
+#: deb-control.5:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:78
+#: deb-control.5:79
msgid ""
"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a "
"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:78
+#: deb-control.5:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:87
msgid ""
"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled "
"for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:90
+#: deb-control.5:91
msgid ""
"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if "
"different than the name of the package itself."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:90
+#: deb-control.5:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:100
+#: deb-control.5:101
msgid ""
"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial "
"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:100
+#: deb-control.5:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:107
+#: deb-control.5:108
msgid ""
"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one "
"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:107
+#: deb-control.5:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:114
+#: deb-control.5:115
msgid ""
"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual "
"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:114
+#: deb-control.5:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:119
+#: deb-control.5:120
msgid ""
"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its "
"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:131
+#: deb-control.5:132
msgid ""
"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:137
+#: deb-control.5:138
msgid ""
"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:137
+#: deb-control.5:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:145
+#: deb-control.5:146
msgid ""
"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files "
"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:145
+#: deb-control.5:146
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:153
+#: deb-control.5:154
msgid ""
"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for "
"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is "
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:153
+#: deb-control.5:154
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:163
+#: deb-control.5:164
msgid ""
"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is "
"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:178
+#: deb-control.5:179
msgid ""
"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package "
"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> "
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:179
+#: deb-control.5:180
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr "EXEMPLOS"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:201
+#: deb-control.5:203
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
+"# Comment\n"
"Package: grep\n"
"Essential: yes\n"
"Priority: required\n"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:207
+#: deb-control.5:209
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgstr ""
msgid "deb-substvars"
msgstr "B<deinstall>"
+# type: TH
+#: deb-substvars.5:2
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "2007-05-12"
+msgstr "2006-04-09"
+
# type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:6
msgid "deb-substvars - Debian source substitution variables"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: deb-substvars.5:140 dpkg-name.1:105 install-info.8:281
+#: deb-substvars.5:140 dpkg-name.1:105 install-info.8:293
#, no-wrap
msgid "COPYRIGHT"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:57 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 install-info.8:190
+#: dpkg-divert.8:57 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 install-info.8:202
#: update-alternatives.8:316
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--quiet>"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:64 install-info.8:269 update-alternatives.8:320
+#: dpkg-divert.8:64 install-info.8:281 update-alternatives.8:320
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr "B<--test>"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:58 install-info.8:272
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:58 install-info.8:284
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--debug>"
msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:8
-msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info directory"
+msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info dir file"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:32
msgid ""
-"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the "
-"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is "
-"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a "
-"description from the contents of the file."
+"B<install-info> creates, updates or removes entries in the Info B<dir> file. "
+"When updating or creating entries, if no description is specified on the "
+"command line or in the Info file, it attempts to guess a description from "
+"the contents of the file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:66
msgid ""
-"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with "
-"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, "
-"the latter is used instead."
+"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> , it is taken to refer to a file compressed "
+"with GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> "
+"does, the latter is used instead."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:71
msgid ""
-"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified "
+"When adding or updating entries, the file must exist at the path specified "
"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:86
msgid ""
-"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and "
+"If the removal results in a section becoming empty, the section heading (and "
"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last "
"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> "
"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file."
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:91
msgid ""
-"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the "
+"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file, only those in the "
"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently "
"ignored."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:135
msgid ""
-"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a "
+"Specifies that if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a "
"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such "
-"section exists one will be created as the second last section in the file "
-"(see below), with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> menu "
-"delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title."
+"section exists, one will be created as the second to last section in the "
+"file (see below) with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> "
+"menu delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:142
msgid ""
-"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it "
-"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the "
-"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be "
-"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed."
+"If a new entry is to be created, B<install-info> will attempt to insert it "
+"within the section in alphabetic order. If the entries in the section aren't "
+"already sorted, the new location within the section will be unpredictable. "
+"The order of existing entries will not be changed."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:148
+#: install-info.8:149
msgid ""
-"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last "
-"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to "
-"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section "
-"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well "
-"specified location are appended to it."
+"If the B<--section> option is not specified, B<install-info> will look for a "
+"title in the Info file itself by looking for an entry of the form"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:151
+#: install-info.8:152
+msgid "B<INFO-DIR-SECTION>I< title>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: install-info.8:160
+msgid ""
+"If no section title is found, the default is to append new entries to the "
+"end of the file. The last section (even if it only consists of the title "
+"line) should always exist to ensure that new sections are created in the "
+"right place. The final section should be titled to reflect the fact that "
+"Info files with no better specified location are appended to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: install-info.8:163
msgid ""
-"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is "
+"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed, it is "
"replaced in situ with the new entry."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:154
+#: install-info.8:166
msgid ""
-"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and "
+"If a section is specified when removing an entry, the section is ignored and "
"a warning is issued."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:160
+#: install-info.8:172
msgid ""
-"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no "
-"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested "
+"If a section is requested when adding an entry, but the file contains no "
+"section headings at all, then B<install-info> will create both the requested "
"section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:160
+#: install-info.8:172
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>"
msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:169
+#: install-info.8:181
msgid ""
"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info "
"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is B</usr/share/"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:169
+#: install-info.8:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:178
+#: install-info.8:190
msgid ""
"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least "
"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary "
-"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset "
+"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details, it may be offset "
"more. The default is 27."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:178
+#: install-info.8:190
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:184
+#: install-info.8:196
msgid ""
"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be "
"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:184
+#: install-info.8:196
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:190
+#: install-info.8:202
msgid ""
"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used "
"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:195
+#: install-info.8:207
msgid ""
-"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, "
+"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted "
"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing "
"entries and the creation and deletion of sections."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:200
+#: install-info.8:212
msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:205
+#: install-info.8:217
msgid ""
"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and "
"exit."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:205
+#: install-info.8:217
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:212
+#: install-info.8:224
msgid ""
"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated "
"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:214
+#: install-info.8:226
msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:216
+#: install-info.8:228
msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:218
+#: install-info.8:230
msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:227
+#: install-info.8:239
msgid ""
"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, "
"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In "
-"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are "
-"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, "
-"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are "
-"ignored."
+"this case, the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are "
+"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case, the B<--"
+"menuentry>, B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> "
+"options are ignored."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:234
+#: install-info.8:246
msgid ""
-"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a "
+"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file, the program will try to find a "
"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will "
"capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:236
+#: install-info.8:248
msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:240
+#: install-info.8:252
msgid ""
-"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is "
+"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified, it is "
"ignored and a warning is issued."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:240
+#: install-info.8:252
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:249
+#: install-info.8:261
msgid ""
"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to "
-"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present "
-"the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the "
-"entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected for "
-"the menu entry in the Info file."
+"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not "
+"present, the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and "
+"the entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected "
+"for the menu entry in the Info file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:256
+#: install-info.8:268
msgid ""
-"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the "
+"When removing entries, the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the "
"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not "
-"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is "
+"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted, no check on the menu entry is "
"done."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:256
+#: install-info.8:268
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--keep-old>"
msgstr "B<--help>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:260
+#: install-info.8:272
msgid ""
"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty "
"sections."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:264
+#: install-info.8:276
msgid ""
-"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old "
-"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to "
-"overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one."
+"If the file being installed already has an entry in the Info B<dir> file, "
+"the old entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is "
+"to overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:269
+#: install-info.8:281
msgid ""
-"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the "
+"If B<--remove> is specified, B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the "
"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by "
"the removal."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:272
-msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file."
+#: install-info.8:284
+msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the Info B<dir> file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:276
+#: install-info.8:288
msgid ""
"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing "
"steps are shown."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:281
+#: install-info.8:293
msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:287
+#: install-info.8:299
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU "
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-20 23:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-15 16:14+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-08 13:50+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n"
msgstr "На самом деле эту задачу должна выполнять программа B<date>(1)."
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:28 cleanup-info.8:51 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:204 deb-old.5:51
+#: 822-date.1:28 cleanup-info.8:51 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:206 deb-old.5:51
#: deb-override.5:67 deb-shlibs.5:29 deb-substvars.5:130 dpkg.1:599
#: dpkg-architecture.1:268 dpkg.cfg.5:21 dpkg-deb.1:238 dpkg-divert.8:118
#: dpkg-name.1:97 dpkg-query.1:158 dpkg-scanpackages.1:95
#: dpkg-scansources.1:65 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:127 dpkg-source.1:275
#: dpkg-split.1:226 dpkg-statoverride.8:78 dselect.1:443 dselect.cfg.5:21
-#: install-info.8:277 update-alternatives.8:403
+#: install-info.8:289 update-alternatives.8:403
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: cleanup-info.8:1 deb-substvars.5:2 dpkg-architecture.1:1
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1
-#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-split.1:2
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8
+#: cleanup-info.8:1 dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
+#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-split.1:2 dpkg-statoverride.8:1
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2007-03-06"
msgstr "2006-02-28"
# type: TP
#: cleanup-info.8:36 dpkg-architecture.1:61 dpkg-divert.8:67
#: dpkg-scansources.1:60 dpkg-statoverride.8:44 dselect.1:121
-#: install-info.8:195 update-alternatives.8:295
+#: install-info.8:207 update-alternatives.8:295
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --help>"
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:101 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:36 dpkg-query.1:62
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:84 dpkg-scansources.1:62 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:112
#: dpkg-source.1:63 dpkg-split.1:130 dpkg-statoverride.8:47 dselect.1:128
-#: install-info.8:200 update-alternatives.8:298
+#: install-info.8:212 update-alternatives.8:298
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dselect.1:1
-#: dselect.cfg.5:1 install-info.8:5
+#: deb.5:1 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dselect.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr "2006-02-28"
msgid "deb-control"
msgstr "deb-control"
+# type: TH
+#: deb-control.5:3 install-info.8:5
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "2007-05-15"
+msgstr "2006-02-28"
+
# type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:6
msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
msgstr "control"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:23
+#: deb-control.5:24
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a "
-"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or "
-"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the "
-"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text "
-"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally "
-"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the "
-"B<Description> field, see below)."
+"number of fields, or comments when the line starts with B<'#'>. Each field "
+"begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), "
+"followed by a colon, and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only "
+"by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, "
+"but the installation tools will generally join lines when processing the "
+"body of the field (except in the case of the B<Description> field, see "
+"below)."
msgstr ""
"Каждый пакет Debian содержит мастер файл `control', состоящий из нескольких "
"полей. Каждое поле начинается с тега, например B<Package> или B<Version> "
"обработке содержимого поля (кроме поля B<Description>, описанного ниже)."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:24
+#: deb-control.5:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
msgstr "ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛЯ"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:25
+#: deb-control.5:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:29
+#: deb-control.5:30
msgid ""
"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate "
"file names by most installation tools."
"имён файлов большинством установочных утилит."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:29
+#: deb-control.5:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>строка с версиейE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:36
+#: deb-control.5:37
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
"версии не может содержать в себе дефис."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:36
+#: deb-control.5:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>полное имя и адрес эл.почтыE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:41
+#: deb-control.5:42
msgid ""
"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
"которая была упакована."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:41
+#: deb-control.5:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>короткое описаниеE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:44
+#: deb-control.5:45
msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B< >E<lt>длинное описаниеE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:50
+#: deb-control.5:51
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first "
"содержать одну точку '.', следующую сразу после начального пробела."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:51
+#: deb-control.5:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
msgstr "НЕОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛЯ"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:52
+#: deb-control.5:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>секцияE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:57
+#: deb-control.5:58
msgid ""
"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', "
"могут служить `utils', `net', `mail', `text', `x11' и т.д."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:57
+#: deb-control.5:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:61
+#: deb-control.5:62
msgid ""
"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. "
"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc."
"`extra' и т.д."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:71
+#: deb-control.5:72
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of "
"узнать из последней версии пакета B<debian-policy>."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:71
+#: deb-control.5:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:78
+#: deb-control.5:79
msgid ""
"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a "
"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any "
"B<Essential> (по крайней мере, без указания специальных флагов)."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:78
+#: deb-control.5:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:87
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled "
"документацию."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:90
+#: deb-control.5:91
msgid ""
"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if "
"different than the name of the package itself."
"отличается от имени самого пакета."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:90
+#: deb-control.5:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:100
+#: deb-control.5:101
msgid ""
"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial "
"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
"системы скрипты prerm будут выполнены после скрипта prerm данного пакета."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:100
+#: deb-control.5:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:107
+#: deb-control.5:108
msgid ""
"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one "
"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package "
"preinst."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:107
+#: deb-control.5:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:114
+#: deb-control.5:115
msgid ""
"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual "
"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
"без пакетов, которые перечислены в поле B<Recommends>."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:114
+#: deb-control.5:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:119
+#: deb-control.5:120
msgid ""
"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its "
"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly "
"но без которых данный пакет может прекрасно обойтись."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:131
+#: deb-control.5:132
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
"можно указать его версию."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:137
+#: deb-control.5:138
msgid ""
"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
"\"только версия, которая указана\"."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:137
+#: deb-control.5:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:145
+#: deb-control.5:146
msgid ""
"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files "
"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow "
"пакетов должен указать в строке B<Conflicts> имя другого."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:145
+#: deb-control.5:146
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:153
+#: deb-control.5:154
msgid ""
"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for "
"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is "
"устанавливаемый."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:153
+#: deb-control.5:154
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:163
+#: deb-control.5:164
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is "
"сервера, список через `|' всех пакетов почтовых серверов."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:178
+#: deb-control.5:179
msgid ""
"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package "
"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> "
"указывать номер версии пакета (используя вышеописанный синтаксис)."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:179
+#: deb-control.5:180
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr "ПРИМЕР"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:201
-#, no-wrap
+#: deb-control.5:203
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
+"# Comment\n"
"Package: grep\n"
"Essential: yes\n"
"Priority: required\n"
" will run more slowly, however).\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:207
+#: deb-control.5:209
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgid "deb-substvars"
msgstr "B<deinstall>"
+# type: TH
+#: deb-substvars.5:2
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "2007-05-12"
+msgstr "2006-02-28"
+
# type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:6
msgid "deb-substvars - Debian source substitution variables"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: deb-substvars.5:140 dpkg-name.1:105 install-info.8:281
+#: deb-substvars.5:140 dpkg-name.1:105 install-info.8:293
#, no-wrap
msgid "COPYRIGHT"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:57 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 install-info.8:190
+#: dpkg-divert.8:57 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 install-info.8:202
#: update-alternatives.8:316
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--quiet>"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:64 install-info.8:269 update-alternatives.8:320
+#: dpkg-divert.8:64 install-info.8:281 update-alternatives.8:320
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:58 install-info.8:272
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:58 install-info.8:284
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--debug>"
msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:8
-msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info directory"
+msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info dir file"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:32
msgid ""
-"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the "
-"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is "
-"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a "
-"description from the contents of the file."
+"B<install-info> creates, updates or removes entries in the Info B<dir> file. "
+"When updating or creating entries, if no description is specified on the "
+"command line or in the Info file, it attempts to guess a description from "
+"the contents of the file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:66
msgid ""
-"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with "
-"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, "
-"the latter is used instead."
+"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> , it is taken to refer to a file compressed "
+"with GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> "
+"does, the latter is used instead."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:71
msgid ""
-"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified "
+"When adding or updating entries, the file must exist at the path specified "
"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:86
msgid ""
-"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and "
+"If the removal results in a section becoming empty, the section heading (and "
"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last "
"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> "
"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file."
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:91
msgid ""
-"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the "
+"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file, only those in the "
"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently "
"ignored."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:135
msgid ""
-"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a "
+"Specifies that if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a "
"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such "
-"section exists one will be created as the second last section in the file "
-"(see below), with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> menu "
-"delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title."
+"section exists, one will be created as the second to last section in the "
+"file (see below) with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> "
+"menu delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:142
msgid ""
-"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it "
-"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the "
-"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be "
-"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed."
+"If a new entry is to be created, B<install-info> will attempt to insert it "
+"within the section in alphabetic order. If the entries in the section aren't "
+"already sorted, the new location within the section will be unpredictable. "
+"The order of existing entries will not be changed."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:148
+#: install-info.8:149
msgid ""
-"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last "
-"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to "
-"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section "
-"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well "
-"specified location are appended to it."
+"If the B<--section> option is not specified, B<install-info> will look for a "
+"title in the Info file itself by looking for an entry of the form"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:151
+#: install-info.8:152
+msgid "B<INFO-DIR-SECTION>I< title>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: install-info.8:160
msgid ""
-"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is "
+"If no section title is found, the default is to append new entries to the "
+"end of the file. The last section (even if it only consists of the title "
+"line) should always exist to ensure that new sections are created in the "
+"right place. The final section should be titled to reflect the fact that "
+"Info files with no better specified location are appended to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: install-info.8:163
+msgid ""
+"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed, it is "
"replaced in situ with the new entry."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:154
+#: install-info.8:166
msgid ""
-"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and "
+"If a section is specified when removing an entry, the section is ignored and "
"a warning is issued."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:160
+#: install-info.8:172
msgid ""
-"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no "
-"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested "
+"If a section is requested when adding an entry, but the file contains no "
+"section headings at all, then B<install-info> will create both the requested "
"section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:160
+#: install-info.8:172
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:169
+#: install-info.8:181
msgid ""
"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info "
"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is B</usr/share/"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:169
+#: install-info.8:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:178
+#: install-info.8:190
msgid ""
"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least "
"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary "
-"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset "
+"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details, it may be offset "
"more. The default is 27."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:178
+#: install-info.8:190
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:184
+#: install-info.8:196
msgid ""
"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be "
"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:184
+#: install-info.8:196
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:190
+#: install-info.8:202
msgid ""
"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used "
"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:195
+#: install-info.8:207
msgid ""
-"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, "
+"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted "
"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing "
"entries and the creation and deletion of sections."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:200
+#: install-info.8:212
msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:205
+#: install-info.8:217
msgid ""
"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and "
"exit."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:205
+#: install-info.8:217
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:212
+#: install-info.8:224
msgid ""
"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated "
"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:214
+#: install-info.8:226
msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:216
+#: install-info.8:228
msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:218
+#: install-info.8:230
msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:227
+#: install-info.8:239
msgid ""
"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, "
"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In "
-"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are "
-"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, "
-"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are "
-"ignored."
+"this case, the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are "
+"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case, the B<--"
+"menuentry>, B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> "
+"options are ignored."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:234
+#: install-info.8:246
msgid ""
-"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a "
+"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file, the program will try to find a "
"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will "
"capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:236
+#: install-info.8:248
msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:240
+#: install-info.8:252
msgid ""
-"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is "
+"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified, it is "
"ignored and a warning is issued."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:240
+#: install-info.8:252
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:249
+#: install-info.8:261
msgid ""
"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to "
-"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present "
-"the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the "
-"entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected for "
-"the menu entry in the Info file."
+"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not "
+"present, the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and "
+"the entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected "
+"for the menu entry in the Info file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:256
+#: install-info.8:268
msgid ""
-"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the "
+"When removing entries, the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the "
"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not "
-"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is "
+"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted, no check on the menu entry is "
"done."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:256
+#: install-info.8:268
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--keep-old>"
msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:260
+#: install-info.8:272
msgid ""
"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty "
"sections."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:264
+#: install-info.8:276
msgid ""
-"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old "
-"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to "
-"overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one."
+"If the file being installed already has an entry in the Info B<dir> file, "
+"the old entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is "
+"to overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:269
+#: install-info.8:281
msgid ""
-"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the "
+"If B<--remove> is specified, B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the "
"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by "
"the removal."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:272
-msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file."
+#: install-info.8:284
+msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the Info B<dir> file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:276
+#: install-info.8:288
msgid ""
"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing "
"steps are shown."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:281
+#: install-info.8:293
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>"
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:287
+#: install-info.8:299
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU "
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-03-20 23:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-05-15 16:14+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-14 16:18+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Peter Karlsson <peterk@debian.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@lists.debian.org>\n"
msgstr "Denna funktion borde ingå i B<date>(1)."
# type: SH
-#: 822-date.1:28 cleanup-info.8:51 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:204 deb-old.5:51
+#: 822-date.1:28 cleanup-info.8:51 deb.5:67 deb-control.5:206 deb-old.5:51
#: deb-override.5:67 deb-shlibs.5:29 deb-substvars.5:130 dpkg.1:599
#: dpkg-architecture.1:268 dpkg.cfg.5:21 dpkg-deb.1:238 dpkg-divert.8:118
#: dpkg-name.1:97 dpkg-query.1:158 dpkg-scanpackages.1:95
#: dpkg-scansources.1:65 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:127 dpkg-source.1:275
#: dpkg-split.1:226 dpkg-statoverride.8:78 dselect.1:443 dselect.cfg.5:21
-#: install-info.8:277 update-alternatives.8:403
+#: install-info.8:289 update-alternatives.8:403
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "SE ÄVEN"
msgstr ""
# type: TH
-#: cleanup-info.8:1 deb-substvars.5:2 dpkg-architecture.1:1
-#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1
-#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-split.1:2
-#: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8
+#: cleanup-info.8:1 dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1
+#: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-query.1:1 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-split.1:2 dpkg-statoverride.8:1
+#: start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "2007-03-06"
msgstr "2006-04-09"
# type: TP
#: cleanup-info.8:36 dpkg-architecture.1:61 dpkg-divert.8:67
#: dpkg-scansources.1:60 dpkg-statoverride.8:44 dselect.1:121
-#: install-info.8:195 update-alternatives.8:295
+#: install-info.8:207 update-alternatives.8:295
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--help>"
msgstr "B<--help>"
#: dpkg-gencontrol.1:101 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:36 dpkg-query.1:62
#: dpkg-scanpackages.1:84 dpkg-scansources.1:62 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:112
#: dpkg-source.1:63 dpkg-split.1:130 dpkg-statoverride.8:47 dselect.1:128
-#: install-info.8:200 update-alternatives.8:298
+#: install-info.8:212 update-alternatives.8:298
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"
msgstr "deb"
# type: TH
-#: deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dselect.1:1
-#: dselect.cfg.5:1 install-info.8:5
+#: deb.5:1 deb-old.5:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dselect.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "2006-02-28"
msgstr "2006-02-28"
msgid "deb-control"
msgstr "deb-control"
+# type: TH
+#: deb-control.5:3 install-info.8:5
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "2007-05-15"
+msgstr "2006-05-10"
+
# type: Plain text
#: deb-control.5:6
msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
msgstr "control"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:23
+#: deb-control.5:24
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a "
-"number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or "
-"B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the "
-"field. Fields are delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text "
-"may be multiple lines in length, but the installation tools will generally "
-"join lines when processing the body of the field (except in the case of the "
-"B<Description> field, see below)."
+"number of fields, or comments when the line starts with B<'#'>. Each field "
+"begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), "
+"followed by a colon, and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only "
+"by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, "
+"but the installation tools will generally join lines when processing the "
+"body of the field (except in the case of the B<Description> field, see "
+"below)."
msgstr ""
"Varje Debianpaket innehåller huvudstyrfilen \"control\", vilken i sig "
"innehåller ett antal fält. Varje fält börjar med en etikett, såsom "
"B<Description>-fältet, se nedan)."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:24
+#: deb-control.5:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
msgstr "NÖDVÄNDIGA FÄLT"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:25
+#: deb-control.5:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>paketnamnE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:29
+#: deb-control.5:30
msgid ""
"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate "
"file names by most installation tools."
"installationsverktygen för att generera filnamnen."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:29
+#: deb-control.5:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>versionssträngE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:36
+#: deb-control.5:37
msgid ""
"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for "
"\"), varför det ursprungliga versionsnumret inte får innehålla bindestreck."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:36
+#: deb-control.5:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullt-namn e-postE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:41
+#: deb-control.5:42
msgid ""
"Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
"av den programvara som paketerades."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:41
+#: deb-control.5:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>kort beskrivningE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:44
+#: deb-control.5:45
msgid "B< >E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
msgstr "B< >E<lt>lång beskrivningE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:50
+#: deb-control.5:51
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first "
"måste innehålla en ensam punkt (\".\") efter det inledande blanksteget."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:51
+#: deb-control.5:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
msgstr "VALFRIA FÄLT"
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:52
+#: deb-control.5:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>sektionE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:57
+#: deb-control.5:58
msgid ""
"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
"software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', "
"\", \"mail\", \"text\", \"x11\" osv."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:57
+#: deb-control.5:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>prioritetE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:61
+#: deb-control.5:62
msgid ""
"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. "
"Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc."
"\" (valfritt), \"extra\" (extra) osv."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:71
+#: deb-control.5:72
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of "
"versionen av paketet B<debian-policy>."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:71
+#: deb-control.5:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Essential: >E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:78
+#: deb-control.5:79
msgid ""
"This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a "
"package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any "
"flaggorna)."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:78
+#: deb-control.5:79
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arkitektur|allE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:87
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled "
"dokumentation."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:86
+#: deb-control.5:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>källkodsnamnE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:90
+#: deb-control.5:91
msgid ""
"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if "
"different than the name of the package itself."
"sig från namnet på själva paketet."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:90
+#: deb-control.5:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:100
+#: deb-control.5:101
msgid ""
"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial "
"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
"Depends:-fältet före de paket som beror på det, och kör prerm-skript före."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:100
+#: deb-control.5:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:107
+#: deb-control.5:108
msgid ""
"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one "
"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package "
"ett annat paket är installerat för sitt preinst-skript."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:107
+#: deb-control.5:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:114
+#: deb-control.5:115
msgid ""
"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual "
"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
"installerar ett paket utan de som listas i B<Recommends>-fältet."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:114
+#: deb-control.5:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:119
+#: deb-control.5:120
msgid ""
"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its "
"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly "
"detta paket."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:131
+#: deb-control.5:132
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
"namn, eventuellt följt av en versionsnummerangivelse inom parenteser."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:137
+#: deb-control.5:138
msgid ""
"A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
"\" för lika med."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:137
+#: deb-control.5:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:145
+#: deb-control.5:146
msgid ""
"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files "
"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow "
"konflikt bör innehålla en B<Conflicts>-rad med varandras namn."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:145
+#: deb-control.5:146
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:153
+#: deb-control.5:154
msgid ""
"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for "
"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is "
"konflikt med."
# type: TP
-#: deb-control.5:153
+#: deb-control.5:154
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>paketlistaE<gt>"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:163
+#: deb-control.5:164
msgid ""
"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is "
"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For "
"och använda \"|\" för att dela av listan."
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:178
+#: deb-control.5:179
msgid ""
"The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of package "
"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Conflicts> "
"fälten."
# type: SH
-#: deb-control.5:179
+#: deb-control.5:180
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr "EXEMPEL"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:201
-#, no-wrap
+#: deb-control.5:203
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
+"# Comment\n"
"Package: grep\n"
"Essential: yes\n"
"Priority: required\n"
" will run more slowly, however.)\n"
# type: Plain text
-#: deb-control.5:207
+#: deb-control.5:209
msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
msgid "deb-substvars"
msgstr "B<ta bort>"
+# type: TH
+#: deb-substvars.5:2
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid "2007-05-12"
+msgstr "2006-02-28"
+
# type: Plain text
#: deb-substvars.5:6
msgid "deb-substvars - Debian source substitution variables"
msgstr ""
# type: SH
-#: deb-substvars.5:140 dpkg-name.1:105 install-info.8:281
+#: deb-substvars.5:140 dpkg-name.1:105 install-info.8:293
#, no-wrap
msgid "COPYRIGHT"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:57 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 install-info.8:190
+#: dpkg-divert.8:57 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 install-info.8:202
#: update-alternatives.8:316
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--quiet>"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-divert.8:64 install-info.8:269 update-alternatives.8:320
+#: dpkg-divert.8:64 install-info.8:281 update-alternatives.8:320
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: dpkg-scansources.1:58 install-info.8:272
+#: dpkg-scansources.1:58 install-info.8:284
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--debug>"
msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:8
-msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info directory"
+msgid "install-info - create or update entry in Info dir file"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:32
msgid ""
-"B<install-info> makes, updates or removes entries in the Info directory, the "
-"B<dir> file. When updating or creating entries, if no description is "
-"specified on the command line or in the Info file it attempts to guess a "
-"description from the contents of the file."
+"B<install-info> creates, updates or removes entries in the Info B<dir> file. "
+"When updating or creating entries, if no description is specified on the "
+"command line or in the Info file, it attempts to guess a description from "
+"the contents of the file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:66
msgid ""
-"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> it is taken to refer to a file compressed with "
-"GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> does, "
-"the latter is used instead."
+"If I<filename> ends in B<.gz> , it is taken to refer to a file compressed "
+"with GNU gzip; if it doesn't exist, but a corresponding I<filename>B<.gz> "
+"does, the latter is used instead."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:71
msgid ""
-"When adding or updating entries the file must exist at the path specified "
+"When adding or updating entries, the file must exist at the path specified "
"(possibly with an additional B<.gz> extension)."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:86
msgid ""
-"If the removal results in a section becoming empty the section heading (and "
+"If the removal results in a section becoming empty, the section heading (and "
"the spare blank line) will be removed as well, unless this is the last "
"section in the file or B<--keep-old> is specified. See the B<--section> "
"option for details about the expected format of the B<dir> file."
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:91
msgid ""
-"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file only those in the "
+"If there are several suitable entries in the B<dir> file, only those in the "
"first matching contiguous group will be removed and the others silently "
"ignored."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:135
msgid ""
-"Specifies that, if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a "
+"Specifies that if a new entry is to be made, it should be placed in a "
"section of the B<dir> file whose title matches I<regexp>. If no such "
-"section exists one will be created as the second last section in the file "
-"(see below), with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> menu "
-"delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title."
+"section exists, one will be created as the second to last section in the "
+"file (see below) with title I<title>. A section is a part of the B<dir> "
+"menu delimited by blank lines; the first line is assumed to be the title."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
#: install-info.8:142
msgid ""
-"If a new entry is to be created B<install-info> will attempt to insert it "
-"within the section according in alphabetic order; if the entries in the "
-"section aren't already sorted the new location within the section will be "
-"unpredictable. The order of existing entries will not be changed."
+"If a new entry is to be created, B<install-info> will attempt to insert it "
+"within the section in alphabetic order. If the entries in the section aren't "
+"already sorted, the new location within the section will be unpredictable. "
+"The order of existing entries will not be changed."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:148
+#: install-info.8:149
msgid ""
-"The default is to append new entries to the end of the file. The last "
-"section (even if it only consists of the title line) should always exist, to "
-"ensure that new sections are created in the right place. The final section "
-"should be titled to reflect the fact that Info files with no more well "
-"specified location are appended to it."
+"If the B<--section> option is not specified, B<install-info> will look for a "
+"title in the Info file itself by looking for an entry of the form"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:151
+#: install-info.8:152
+msgid "B<INFO-DIR-SECTION>I< title>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: install-info.8:160
msgid ""
-"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed it is "
+"If no section title is found, the default is to append new entries to the "
+"end of the file. The last section (even if it only consists of the title "
+"line) should always exist to ensure that new sections are created in the "
+"right place. The final section should be titled to reflect the fact that "
+"Info files with no better specified location are appended to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Plain text
+#: install-info.8:163
+msgid ""
+"If there is already an entry for the Info file being installed, it is "
"replaced in situ with the new entry."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:154
+#: install-info.8:166
msgid ""
-"If a section is specified when removing an entry the section is ignored and "
+"If a section is specified when removing an entry, the section is ignored and "
"a warning is issued."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:160
+#: install-info.8:172
msgid ""
-"If a section is requested when adding an entry but the file contains no "
-"section headings at all then B<install-info> will create both the requested "
+"If a section is requested when adding an entry, but the file contains no "
+"section headings at all, then B<install-info> will create both the requested "
"section and a Miscellaneous section at the end of the file."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:160
+#: install-info.8:172
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>"
msgstr "B<--admindir=>I<kat>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:169
+#: install-info.8:181
msgid ""
"Specifies that the B<dir> file is, and the installed copy of the new Info "
"file was, is or will be located in I<infodir>. The default is B</usr/share/"
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:169
+#: install-info.8:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--align=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:178
+#: install-info.8:190
msgid ""
"Specifies that the first line of the description should be indented at least "
"I<nnn> characters; extra spaces will be added as required. If necessary "
-"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details it may be offset "
+"because of the length of the B<dir> menu entry details, it may be offset "
"more. The default is 27."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:178
+#: install-info.8:190
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--calign=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:184
+#: install-info.8:196
msgid ""
"Specifies that the second and subsequent lines of the description should be "
"indented at least I<nnn> characters. The default is 29."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:184
+#: install-info.8:196
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--maxwidth=>I<nnn>B< [deprecated]>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:190
+#: install-info.8:202
msgid ""
"Specifies that the maximum width for the Info file is I<nnn>. This is used "
"when word-wrapping the descriptive text. The default is 79."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:195
+#: install-info.8:207
msgid ""
-"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted, "
+"Prevents the usual display of the new menu entry just before it is inserted "
"and of the messages announcing the replacement and removal of existing "
"entries and the creation and deletion of sections."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:200
+#: install-info.8:212
msgid "Causes B<install-info> to display its usage information and exit."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:205
+#: install-info.8:217
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Causes B<install-info> to display its version and copyright information and "
msgstr "Visar licensvillkor och upphovsrättsinformation."
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:205
+#: install-info.8:217
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--description=>I<xxx>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:212
+#: install-info.8:224
msgid ""
"Specifies that the description to use after the menu entry in new or updated "
"entries be I<xxx>. The default is to use the the value specified in the "
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:214
+#: install-info.8:226
msgid "B<START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:216
+#: install-info.8:228
msgid "B<* Auto-PGP: (auto-pgp). PGP under GNU Emacs.>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:218
+#: install-info.8:230
msgid "B<END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:227
+#: install-info.8:239
msgid ""
"If the entry found in the Info file itself extends across several lines, "
"each giving a menu entry, the text found in the file is used verbatim. In "
-"this case the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are "
-"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case the B<--menuentry>, "
-"B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> options are "
-"ignored."
+"this case, the alphabetic ordering scheme is turned off, and the entries are "
+"inserted at the top of section in question. In this case, the B<--"
+"menuentry>, B<--maxwidth>, B<--align>, B<--calign> and B<--menuentry> "
+"options are ignored."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:234
+#: install-info.8:246
msgid ""
-"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file the program will try to find a "
+"If there is no B<dir> entry in the file, the program will try to find a "
"paragraph early in the file starting B<this file documents>. It will "
"capitalise the first character of the remainder, and use that."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:236
+#: install-info.8:248
msgid "It is an error for none of these methods to yield a description."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:240
+#: install-info.8:252
msgid ""
-"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified it is "
+"If a description argument is given when B<--remove> is specified, it is "
"ignored and a warning is issued."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:240
+#: install-info.8:252
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<--menuentry=>I<xxx>"
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:249
+#: install-info.8:261
msgid ""
"Specifies that the entry in the menu should be I<xxx>. The default is to "
-"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not present "
-"the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and the "
-"entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected for "
-"the menu entry in the Info file."
+"use the the value specified in the Info file itself. If this is not "
+"present, the basename of the Info file is used (any B<.info >is deleted, and "
+"the entry is made mixed case). See above for details of the format expected "
+"for the menu entry in the Info file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:256
+#: install-info.8:268
msgid ""
-"When removing entries the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the "
+"When removing entries, the value of the B<--menuentry> option must match the "
"actual menu entry field in the menu item to be removed (case not "
-"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted no check on the menu entry is "
+"significant). If B<--menuentry> is omitted, no check on the menu entry is "
"done."
msgstr ""
# type: TP
-#: install-info.8:256
+#: install-info.8:268
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid "B<--keep-old>"
msgstr "B<--old>"
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:260
+#: install-info.8:272
msgid ""
"Inhibits the replacement of existing entries and the removal of empty "
"sections."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:264
+#: install-info.8:276
msgid ""
-"If the file being installed already has an entry in the directory the old "
-"entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is to "
-"overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one."
+"If the file being installed already has an entry in the Info B<dir> file, "
+"the old entry will be left alone instead of being replaced; the default is "
+"to overwrite any old entry found with the newly generated one."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:269
+#: install-info.8:281
msgid ""
-"If B<--remove> is specified B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the "
+"If B<--remove> is specified, B<--keep-old> will prevent the removal of the "
"section heading which would otherwise happen if the section is made empty by "
"the removal."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:272
-msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the directory file."
+#: install-info.8:284
+msgid "Enables test mode, which inhibits the update of the Info B<dir> file."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:276
+#: install-info.8:288
msgid ""
"Enables debugging mode, in which the results of some internal processing "
"steps are shown."
msgstr ""
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:281
+#: install-info.8:293
#, fuzzy
msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>"
msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
# type: Plain text
-#: install-info.8:287
+#: install-info.8:299
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the GNU "
projects / dpkg / commitdiff